Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 322

THE

CHINESE
LANGUAGE
AND
HCW TO LEARN IT

r*

if
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE
* ii
HI A 1
5

* 0ft

<*> a*

i 4
Jb
fit

ff
4
14-
-si
t 4.
**)
THE

CHINESE LANGUAGE
AND

HOW TO LEARN IT

A MANUAL FOR BEGINNERS

BV

SIR WALTER HILLIER, K.C.M.G., C.B.


LATE PROFESSOR OF CHINESE, KING'S COLLEGE, LONDON,
FORMERLY CHINESE SECRETARY TO H.M.'S LEGATION AT PEKING
AND SOMETIME H.M.'S CONSUL-GENERAL IN KOREA

SIXTH EDITION

LONDON
KEGAN PAUL, TRENCH, TRUBNER & CO. LTD.
BROADWAY HOUSE, 68-74, CARTER LANE, E.G.
IQ2I
PRINTED IN GREAT BRITAIN BY
HEADLEY BROTHERS.
J, DEVONSHIRE ST., BISHOPSOATE, K.C.;
AND ASHFORD, KENT.
PBEFACE TO SECOND EDITION

THE issue of a second edition of this volume has afforded the writer
an opportunity of making certain alterations which it is hoped will
add to the utility of the work and secure continuity between this

and the second volume of the Course whioh was issued in 1909.
The last 180 characters in the List under Section XII. of the first

edition have been struck out and others substituted for them. These

are embodied in three stories contained in Section XI. of the present

volume, in which exactly one thousand characters are now made


use of.

In deference to a suggestion made by various critics, the Chinese

text has now been placed in one section near the end of the volume,
and the index of characters under their radicals has been changed

by the substitution of reference numbers for the meanings given in


the first edition.

Reference has been made towards the close of the first edition to

a vocabulary which it was intended to embody in Volume II. After

this vocabulary had been practically completed the writer came to the

conclusion that the needs of the student would be more adequately

met by the compilation of a comprehensive dictionary of Northern

colloquial Chinese. The vocabulary was accordingly discarded, and

2010938
vi PREFACE

its place has been taken by an Anglo-Chinese Colloquial Dictionary*

containing over twenty thousand separate expressions.


This will enable students to find Chinese equivalents for a number

of expressions which they would otherwise have great difficulty in

rendering, at any rate for many years.

WALTER C. HILLIER

PSKTNG, 1910.

*
Anglo-Chinese Dictionary of Peking Colloquial Sir W. Hillier. Presby-
terian Mission Press, Shanghai.
PKEFACE TO FIRST EDITION

THE present work is intended to meet the wants of those who think
they would like to learn Chinese but are discouraged by' the sight
of the formidable text-books with which the aspiring student is

confronted. It is especially intended for the use of Army Officers,

of Missionaries, and of young business men connected with trade


interests in China who wish to commence the study of the language
in England with a view to continuing it in the country itself.

The exercises contained in this volume, with a total capital of

one thousand words, should be mastered in six months by any one


who will devote an hour or so a day to the task, and the student
who has mastered a thousand words, with some of the many com-

binations they can be made to form, will have a sufficient stock

at his command to make his ordinary wants known. If he wishes

to do more than this he must turn to the larger text-books which


he will then find to be much less formidable than they appear to be
at first sight.

With a stock of from fifteen hundred to two thousand of the right

words, if he knows how to use them, any one can speak Chinese

intelligibly, and a good knowledge of the thousand words which thi?


book contains will take the student, theoretically at any rate, at least

a third of the distance. He remaining two-thirds some-


will find the

what stiff climbing, but with the start that this volume will give
riii PREFACE

him he will when he has gone through it


be in a position to decide
whether or no worth his while to proceed farther.
it is

I am indebted to His Excellency Wang, the Chinese Minister in

London, for the introductory page and for the inscription which

appears on the cover of the book.


My thanks are also due in no small measure to Mr. Keginald Lake,
of Messrs. Gilbert & Kivington, for the courteous attention he has
devoted to the production of a work that has called for an exceptional
amount of care and patient revision.

WALTER C. HILLIER,
K-INO'S COLLRGB (UNIVERSITY OP LONDON).

April, 1907
CONTENTS

PAOB
THE WRITTEN LANGUAGE . . ... V . . . 1

THE SPOKEN LANGUAGE . . . . . . .16


TABLE OF SOUNDS . . . 25

PROGRESSIVE EXERCISES 37

CHINESE TEXT OF EXERCISES . .... . . 153-217

THE EADICALS . .221


A LIST OF ONE THOUSAND CHARACTERS. . . ... 234

INDEX OF CHARACTERS ARRANGED UNDER THEIR RADICALS 285


THE CHINESE LANGUAGE
i.

THE WRITTEN LANGUAGE.

IT is commonly asserted that there are two languages in China


the written and the spoken. This statement requires qualification,
but it is sufficiently accurate to justify the treatment of the two
branches as separate and distinct when attempting a popular
exposition of the subject. Of the difficulty of both there can be no
doubt, but as the written language presents more difficulties than
the spoken, it will be convenient to reverse the usual order of
things and to deal first with the former.
Thegenesis of the written language of China is largely a matter
of conjecture, hut Chinese scholars from time immemorial have been
almost unanimous in the opinion that it was pictorial in origin. The
subject has been dealt with by numerous Chinese writers, and
those who are interested in a more scientific treatment of the matter
than the following chapter is intended to present are referred to an
elaborate and learned article on the subject by the late Mr.
T. Watters, a profound Chinese scholar, who, in his Essays on the
Chinese Language, deals at length with this complicated question.*
It will be sufficient for present purposes to refer to the most
widely
known of the Chinese authors, a scholar called Tai T'ung, who lived
six hundred years ago, and wrote a treatise which is often cited as
an authority in the great Lexicon of Kang Hsi, the standard
dictionary of the Chinese it is also quoted by most foreign authors
;

of works on the Chinese language, f

*
Essays on the Chinese Language, by T. Watters, Shanghai. Presbyterian
Mission Press, 1889. See also an Article entitled Prehistoric China, by Dr. E
Faber, published in Vol. xxiv. Part 2 of the Journal of the North China
Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society.
f A translation of the work of this author, under the title of The fi
Scripts, has been made by Mr. L. C. Hopkina, H.M.'s Consul-Genera] at
Tientsin
B
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

This is what Tai T'ung says with regard to the Chinese written
character :

"
Spoken sounds preceded written figures, and before the invention
of written symbols, dealings by means of knotted cords came into
existence. These were followed by cutting notches on wooden
materials, which gave. way,-tiT~turn, to figures "representing natural
objects, and forms indicative of actions, states or relations, cut out
" 1
into lines to serve as counterparts -eiMile spoken names of "the same

objects, actions, states or relations. With these came graving


knives, and tablets for graving upon, and this was writing, the whole
object of which was to make speech visible."
In tracing the evolution of the written character, Chinese scholars
divide its progress into six marked stages :
1. Pictorial.
2. Indicative.
3. Suggestive compounds.
4. Deflected characters.
5. Phonetic.
6. Adoptive, or characters which are used in place of others.
Pictorial characters are those in which the forms of objects are
copied, such as

rt ^
O
sun
J)
moon
&
hills
7
child
A-
horse

now written

+
Indicative characters are those which are formed by indicating
tho essential features of physical action, state or relation, such as

dawn evening (the rising moon) abov


above below

iww written

J:
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

Suggestive compounds are figures pointing out some property or


relative circumstance. Thus, the union of the sun and moon
expresses brightness; a tree or piece of wood in a doorway,
obstruction ; two trees, a grove, or forest ; two men on the ground,
the act of sitting ; the sun seen through the trees, east.

bright obstruction a wood to sit

now written

Deflected characters are represented by inverted delineations of

symbols, either in whole or in part.

right hand left hand


i
sundered threads
1
continuous

now written

To each of these idiograms a certain sound was attached, and the


next and greatest step, the phonetic stage, was the invention of
compound characters in which symbols representing sounds by which
objects were named were
combined with other symbols giving an
indication of the sense or meaning.*
The following example will be sufficient to illustrate this idea.
Let be taken for granted that the accompanying combination of
it

strokes 3 is pronounced chiao. It means, when taken singly, to

blend, unite or join, though it has some eight or ten other distinct
meanings in combination. Place J, an insect or reptile, at the side
ofit, and it becomes J$, a species of dragon ; substitute fa, a fish,

* Professor Giles, China and the Chinese, p. 29. Columbia University


Press, 1902.
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

andit is |(, a shark %, a dog, and it is %


;
w ily, or crafty -fc, a ;

woman, and we have ^, handsome $* silk thread, and we get |,


; ,

to bind around, also to strangle. Now, all these characters, and


many more with the same sound symbol, are read chiao, but, as is
shown, they each have a different meaning in accordance with the
character which is added to the symbol. "We thus divide Chinese
characters into two parts one, the sound indicator, to which the
"
name " phonetic is generally given the other, the idea indicator,
;

"
which is commonly called the radical." Every character in the
Chinese language, unless it
happens to be a radical itself, is divisible
into these two parts. The
radicals are limited in number, there being

only 214 of them altogether. Some of them, such as J mouth,


^ man, ^ son, jf^ fish, jl| hill, sun, /J moon, are obviously
but a large number are certainly not pictorially suggestive.
pictorial,
The character J|, pi, for instance, is a radical, and means a nose,
but neither in this, its modern, nor in its primitive form can it be
said to have the slightest resemblance to that organ. Yet we know,
when we see it in combination, that the compound character must
have something directly or indirectly to do with the no.se. Thus,
|p| hou,
to snore, fj| nung, a cold in the head, ||| nang, to speak

through the nose the radical on one side giving the clue to the
;

meaning, the phonetic on the other giving the clue to the sound.
One or two more instances will suffice. Radical jf^ y-ii, a fish ;
jjijif
a mullet; j|f! shan, an eel.
chi, Radical JU, feng, wind HJ, p'mo, ;

to be blown about. It will be noticed in this last character that


the radical is on the right hand side, and not on the left. It seema

probable that at one time it was always in a fixed position, but that
variations were adopted for the sake of symmetry. There are now
many Chinese characters the radical of which is placed at the top,
below, or at one or other side, and in a few instances its position i&
determined by the fancy of the writer.
Besides being an indicator of the meaning, the radical has a
further, and most important, value. By its aid it is possible to find
any character in a dictionary of the Chinese language,
whether purely native, or prepared for the use of the
foreign student. Let us take the character Ifjj for an ex-
ample, the radical of which is ML, a nose. Now count the
number of strokes in the phonetic. If we look up the radical J|L in
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

the list of radicals at the beginning or end ol the dictionary, as the


case may be, where it will be placed in the numerical order of the
strokes of which it is composed, we shall be able to trace it to
its
place in the body of the volume, and there we shall find the
character we are in search of placed in the list of characters of
five strokes ranged under that radical. In an Anglo-Chinese
dictionary the sound will naturally be given as well as the
meaning, but as the Chinese have, obviously, no system of
spelling such as is supplied in an alphabetical language, they
have to adopt another method of indicating the pronunciation.
By this method can be so called, which was intro-
of spelling, if it

duced by Buddhist monks from India,* the sound of a character is


given by means of two other characters of which the first is the
initial and the second the final these two are manipulated in such
;

a way as to yield the sound required. It might here be mentioned


that each Chinese word sound belongs to one of four (in composition,

five) gradations of tone which can also be indicated by the above


method, but an explanation of the tone system will find a more
appropriate place in the remarks which follow on the spoken
language.
To illustrate the Chinese method of spelling the reader is referred
once more to the character $||, an eel, which will be found in the list
of phonetics of twelve strokes under the radical ^, a fish.

Immediately below this character in the dictionary we shall find


two others one pronounced shang, and the next yen. Place
:

them together shangyen; eliminate the termination of the


first and the initial sound of the second sha(ngye)n and we get
shan, which is the sound of the character we are looking for. In the
case of characters of a complicated nature in which the radical is
not easily distinguishable, the dictionaries supply a further
assistance by furnishing a list of these characters arranged in order
of the total number of strokes, including the radical, which is shown
against the character. Where characters are formed by a com-
bination of two or more radicals there is nothing to do but try them
all until the right one is discovered.
To return for a moment to the phonetics. A Chinese gets to

* Probably about 610 A.D.


THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

learn these by practice at school, and knows them intuitively, but


European investigators have discovered that their number is limited,
for practical purposes, to something between 1,600 and 1,700, from

which, by the addition of one or other of the 214 radicals, at


least
in the Chinese language, variously
seven-eighths of the characters
estimated at forty or fifty thousand, are found. It is possible,

therefore, by learning these phonetics, or primitives


as they are

sometimes called, to make a very close guess at the sound of any


Chinese character, though it must be admitted that there are many
exceptions to the rule.
Illustrations have been given above of the primitive and modern
forms of certain Chinese characters. The former, it may be well
to repeat, are more or less conjectural, for there is probably no

genuine specimen in existence of a purely pictorial


character. The
so-called modern form is modern only by comparison, for it dates
from at least the 2nd century B.C. It probably has remained
unchanged from the time of the invention of printing in China,
which, according to Mr. Watters, dates from the Sui Dynasty
(A.D. 589-619), and we are safe in assuming that the written

language of to-day "is to all intents and purpovses the written


* The earliest
language of twenty-five hundred years ago." genuine
specimen of connected Chinese writing is to be found on certain
"
stone blocks or cones, commonly called the Stone Drums," f which
are now deposited in the Confucian Temple at Peking. There are
isolated specimens of an undoubtedly earlier date than the stone
drums which have been copied from old coins and vases, but for the
purposes of this chapter they need not be taken into consideration,
as the originals are now probably not in existence. The exact age of
" "
the Stone Drums cannot be positively determined, but Chinese
writers, with a few exceptions, agree in assigning them to the period
of Hsiian Wang, in the Chou Dynasty, two centuries before the time
of Confucius, which would make them about 2,700 years old. The
inscriptions consist of poetry, written in what is known as the
old seal character, commemorating one of the
hunting expeditions of
* Professor China and the Chinese.
Giles,
t Anexception should, perhaps, be made in favour of a bronze tripod in a
"
temple on Silver Island," in the river Yangtsze, which is also assigned by
many Chinese experts to the same date as the Stone Drums.
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

Hsiian Wang, who is supposed to have reigned from B.C. 827 to 781.

Only a small portion of these inscriptions is legible, but a facsimile


is appended of a rubbing taken from one of the stones in the
Sung
Dynasty (A.D. 960-1127).*

It is not until a much later period that anything like examples of


a thoroughly systematized form of writing can be found. Silk

preceded paper as a material for writing upon, and it was in the first
century A.D. that paper was invented. The introduction of a hair
pencil or brush is ascribed to a general of the Emperor Shih Huang
Ti (B.C. 221).
The various styles of writing recognized as orthodox by the
Chinese may be reduced to six, if we exclude a fanciful ancient form

* I am W.
indebted to Dr. S. Bushell, C.M.G., for permission to use this
specimen. An article on the Stone Drums of Peking, by Dr. Bushell, was
published in Vol. viii. of the Journal of the North China Branch of the

Royal Asiatic Society, New Series, 1873.


THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

" made
known as the tadpole-headed," in which all the characters are
to terminate in a form similar to the tail of a tadpole. Of this latter
form few, if any, genuine examples exist, though tradition has it
that a copy of a portion of the Chinese Classics written in the

"tadpole" script was discovered about the year 150 B.C. hidden
away in the walls of the house originally occupied by Confucius,
where it had been placed by some of his descendants to escape the

burning of all written records by the Emperor Shih FTuang Ti in


B.C. 213. The first of the above mentioned six styles is known as
"
the Chuan Shu, commonly called the " Seal character by Europeans.
It is said to date from the reign of King Hslian (B.C. 827) whose

hunting exploits are supposed to be recorded on the Stone Drums.

The next
n %
the Li Shu, or style of official attendants or clerks.
is

It was used by writers in the public offices, and possibly dates from
the time of Chi'n Shih Huang Ti (B.C. 213).

The
n if & it
third is the Gh'iai Shu, or pattern style, from which all

modern forms have


originated. This probably dates from the
beginning of the Christian Era.

The fourth, the Hsing Shu, may be translated as the " running
hand," the pencil being carried from stroke to stroke without being
raised from the paper, but no abbreviations unauthorized by the
dictionaries appear to have been introduced. Date, about A.D. 200.
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE
"
The fifth style, Ts'ao tzti, or grass characters," dating from about
the game period, is a freer style of the running hand than the

foregoing, and is full of abbreviations which render it very difficult

even to an educated native. It is still in common use, and is largely


employed in Japan and Korea

The sixth and last class, known as the Sung T'i, or style of the
Sung Dynasty, is the printed style introduced under the Dynasty
whose name it bears. It was adopted in the early part of the tenth
century, and since that period it has undergone no material
alterations.

A description has been given of the method of looking up


characters in a dictionary by counting the number of strokes the
character contains, exclusive of the radical. Some knowledge of
the mode of writing is necessary for an accurate calculation of the
number of strokes. The pencil, it may be well to explain, is held in
a vertical position between the thumb on one side and the fore-
finger and second finger on the other. The following character
is said to include the elements of all the strokes required in Chinese

writing :

Horizontal strokes are drawn before perpendicular ones ; central


strokes before those on each side and those on the left before those
;

on the right. A single stroke often takes one, and sometimes two,
10 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

curves, as on the left side of the above character, which is formed

-
of six strokes, in the following order :

^
}
The above brief description will, it is hoped, enable the reader to
understand something of the form and structure of this marvellous
script, which has been for ages past, and still continues to be, the
medium of communication between a vast proportion of the human
race. In its present form it is read and understood, not only
throughout the whole dominions of an Empire embracing to take
the popular estimate three hundred and sixty millions of human

beings, but it is also extensively used in adjacent kingdoms. In


Korea, the Chinese Classics are studied in all the schools and exert
no inconsiderable influence on the character of the nation, while
Chinese is the common vehicle of official correspondence ; in the
Loochoo Islands many of the inhabitants read it fluently in ;

Tonking a knowledge of it is possessed by the educated classes ;

while in Japan it still constitutes the basis of the written language.


Ever since the days of Confucius it has practically remained
unchanged in construction, and the style of books published two
thousand years ago differs little from the written language of the
present day. It is hardly to be wondered at that so ancient and
so widely diffused a script should be an object of veneration to the
Chinese scholar, who regards it, its universality and its
from
adaptability to any system of speech, as vastly superior to all others.
He admires it not less for its intrinsic beauty and excellence than
knowledge and wisdom which he considers it to
for the vast stores of
embrace. To many thoughtful Chinese
it is a matter of surprise

that this script has not been adopted as a common medium of


communication throughout the world. " Attach," they say, " what
sound or pronunciation to the character you like, the meaning
will still remain invariable.
Why multiply scripts and invent
complicated systems when you have ready to hand a language free
from grammatical intricacies, a language that has stood the test of
ages, and in which it hu.o been found that no changes were necessary
or desirable ? It can keep pace with modern requirements, for when
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 11

a new word or term has to be employed it is perfectly easy to


invent a symbol to indicate it, while there is not a single thought,
*
phrase or idea that is not capable of expression in Chinese/'
All this is, theoretically, true enough, but what the Chinese
enthusiast loses sight of is the immense amount of study required to
obtain a working knowledge of even the small proportion of the

forty odd thousand characters that are required for practical purposes,
while nothing but constant practice will enable any one to write
these characters correctly. Chinese caligraphy is an art in which
few, if any, Europeans have ever become proficient. It is possible
to acquire facility in writing, but elegance of style can only be
arrived at by those who have commenced to learn in childhood and
have practised daily throughout the years of their educational life.
There is another point overlooked by the Chinese enthusiast which
is at the root of the supreme difficulty attending anything
approaching to proficiency in the written language. It isnot
impossible to obtain a working knowledge of three, four, or five
thousand symbols, which is all that a man of average education
need have at his command a knowledge of 2,000 characters would
be sufficient to take one through the whole Chinese Penal Code, for
instance and if each character expressed only one word or idea,
and was always limited to that one word, the difficulty would be
comparatively small. But this is not the case. Almost every
character, by being placed in a different position in a sentence,
or used in a different combination, assumes, in some instances
a different shade of meaning, and in others expresses an
entirely new idea. The absence of grammar, which the language
is popularly supposed to enjoy, does not present such a difficulty
to the student as might be supposed. Indeed, it may be said
to be somewhat of a luxury to find oneself untrammelled by the
forms and accidents of grammatical rule. Number, case, mood,
tense, &c., can be indicated by particles, while the value of the word
which does duty impartially for noun, preposition, or verb can
generally be discovered by a study of the context. The real

*
"The works of Darwin and Mill were soon rendered into Japanese,
equivalents for the many novel terras they contained being manufactured from
the ideographic vocabulary, far the most elastic and capable instrument of
peech that exists." Tokio Correspondent, The Times, Jan. 18th, 1904.
12 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

difficulty in the comprehension and use of the written language for

anything beyond the simplest purposes lies in the fact that it


abounds in metaphor and allusion. The elegant writer loves to
of quotations from the
display his erudition by the employment
books, canonical and historical, the study of which is a necessary
part of his education. If he wishes to express a thought out of the

common, or a complex idea, he dives into his store of recollection


and quotes a word or two from the sayings of some ancient sage
which are suggestive rather than perspicuous. If he wanted to
" uses of "
speak, for instance, of the adversity in an English
"
composition, he would refer to a toad's jewel," and pre-suppose the
reader to be fully acquainted with the passage in Shakespeare that

compares adversity to the precious jewel in the head of the toad.


It is this that makes it impossible for the ordinary foreigner to do

more than spell his way through a modern official document, or to


understand anything but an ordinary note. In fact, it may safely
be said that the average educated Chinese is incapable of
expressing himself elegantly in his own language. He can under-
stand what he reads, but he cannot write a polished letter, or turn
out a finished despatch. The ancient forms of Chinese verse, or the
writings of Confucius or Mencius, are child's play compared with
the works of later authors, while an elegant essay, composed for an
examination for example, would be almost unintelligible to an
ordinary individual without the aid of a dictionary of reference or
the explanations of a well-read scholar who had history at his

fingers' ends, and could supply the context from which the numerous
quotations are taken. In almost all Chinese composition, again,
measured periods, not unlike blank verse, abound, and are esteemed
by the scholar as a capital beauty of the language. Ideas, it may
be said, often form the secondary object of consideration, the mode
in which they are expressed claiming first attention. Thought also
isstereotyped, and all the ideas which the Chinese wish to cherish
or indicate are contained, as stated above, in those records which
have come down to them from the sages of antiquity. Excellence in
composition, therefore, consists in arranging anew orthodox phrases
which are to be found in the ancient classics or in the formidable
list of historical or poetical works that the scholar delights to
study. Each branch, moreover, of Chinese literature possesses a

peculiar style of its own. Any one who could read official Chinese,
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 13

of which the Peking Gazette may be taken as a typical exemplar,


would not necessarily be able to understand an historical work, while
books on philosophy, on Buddhism or on Taoism would be almost
unintelligible without a special study of their style. Modern
literature can hardly be said to exist, and novels, as we understand

them, are almost all placed under the ban of Imperial prohibition.
They are to be found in limited numbers, it is true, but there are no
modern society novels. Those which are procurable place the scene
in a bygone dynasty, and few are free from objectionable episodes.
The educated classes profess to despise fiction, but I suppose that
there is not a single Chinese of the lettered class who has not read
"
the few historical novels that are not in the Index Expurgatorius,"
and are considered to be classics in their particular line.
I close these necessarily condensed remarks on the written language
with a few examples illustrative of various styles of Chinese composition.
The first is the opening verse of an ode in which a gentleman

deplores his disappointment in not meeting a lady according to

engagement. It is selected, more or less at random, from the


Shih Ching, or Book of Odes, collected by Confucius. The date is
not known, but it must have been composed long before the time of
Confucius, who was born B.C. 552. Against each character the
meaning placed, in order to show how it is that the Chinese
is

language is, to a certain extent, independent of grammar or

grammatical particles, and also how easy it is to arrive at the


meaning of many passages of primitive Chinese. It should be noted
that Chinese characters are written in columns, commencing on the
right hand side of the page.

scratch ^ love |5
wait | quiet ^
head "t yet fig I ft girl
undecided $fl
not ^ at Jfc her ^
. halt Gff see j| city wall fc beauty g
corner [>$

Here is the rendering given in Dr. Legge's translation * :

How lovely the retiring girl,


is

She was to await me at a corner of the wall.


Loving and not seeing her
I scratch my head and am in perplexity.
* 77* Chinese Part
Classics, Dr. Legge, Vol. i., 4, p. 68.
14 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

All this is simple enough. Any one with a knowledge of the


radicals and with the aid of a dictionary could make it out for
himself, filling in the grammatical lacunae as suited his fancy.
The same may be said of the following, taken from the Lun Yii, or
collected sayings of Confucius, called by Dr. Legge the Confucian
" Analects." Their antiquity is beyond question, and we may safely
consider them to date from some time before the Christian Era.

Tsze =
yet proud, JJH

happy, how fpf Kung Jl'


rich, n; as - #0, say
yet m master ^p poor, ^
like say, y et M
propriety can, pj" not fa
person final i

i i Hla" flatter, ,
terminal particle particle I

not 5fc rich, ^


yet M
poor not 4ffi

Dr. Legge translates as follows, supplying, as before, the


gaps :
"
Tsze Kung said, What do you pronounce concerning the poor
man who yet does not flatter and the rich man who is not proud?"
The master said, " They will do, but they are not equal to him,
who, though poor, is yet cheerful, and to him who, though rich,
loves the rules of propriety."
I treat my third and last example in the same manner as the
foregoing, placing the more or less elementary meaning of the word
against each character.

yellow JK drive, jp. at ^5-


cart * hundred "g" this Jl
attendant insects ^ control ^
one, take ^
7 heat jig

bright ffl army, ^;. inform ^


the
brightness ^ order, /^,
filled fi ft s
^ m
door,
red
burning ^jj po ^
few, ^, front BIT
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 15

room. J! finish ijk cloud, ff-,


then ~)j
rise ^g
fly fjl and ffij

and fljj
roll up ^
rise ^f* mist, H^
The above passage is taken from a letter in the published
collection of the correspondence of one Yuan Tzu-ts'ai, a scholar

holding office at Nanking in A.D. 1716, whose style is held in high


esteem. The writer condoles with a friend on the occasion of his
house being burnt down. The elementary meanings of the various
characters are given, as stated above, but many of these have various

significations either singly or in combination, and any one with


a knowledge of Chinese would be assisted in his selection by

experience, as well as by examples quoted in the dictionary. Even


so,there is certainly no European scholar, and probably very few
Chinese, who could understand the passage without the assistance
of a commentary. It consists of eight sentences, and eight elliptical

quotations from various authors, none of which could be intelligibly


rendered without considerable amplification of the context from
which they were derived, accompanied by copious notes. It should
of course be understood that the passage has been selected as an
illustration of the difficulties with which the Chinese can, if they

like, beset their own language. Happily it is by no means necessary


for any one, even a Chinese himself, to indulge in this literary
jugglery. The modern style of Chinese composition that is daily
gaining ground, partly in consequence of the revised system of
education, which placing classics and poetry somewhat in the back-
is

ground, and also through the influence of the newspapers, which


are now read by millions of people, is bringing a much simpler form
of composition into vogue which can be read with comparative
ease.
16 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

n.
THE SPOKEN LANGUAGE
DURING its progress through a long series of ages the Chinese
spoken language, it may readily be supposed, underwent many
changes. To refer to one proof alone, the specimens of ancient

poetry still in existence establish this fact by the rhyming of words


which have now, in many instances, no uniformity of sound. Its
origin is, and must remain, a mystery in spite of the array of
opinions and judgments concerning it, and as none of them can
possibly be conclusive, or indeed more than purely speculative, it
seems advisable to leave theory alone, and to pass on at once to
modern fact. Those who are interested in the attempts to trace the
origin of the language to its source, and to establish its family
relationship with the great clan of human tongues, are referred
once more to Mr. Watters' Essay on the Chinese Language, and
"
particularly to the chapter entitled Some Western Opinions."
They will there find that it has been regarded by some as a special
creation, by others as the language spoken by Noah, and Shem, the
son of Noah, who moved into China in time to escape the confusion
of tongues that others, again, discover a relationship between the
;

language of China and that of ancient Egypt, while some inves-


tigators try to prove that there is a connection between Chinese and
the Hebrew tongue.
Wherever it sprang from originally, we know that the pronuncia-
tion of the language in the days of Confucius and that of the present

day is so dissimilar as to make it a matter of certainty that


Confucius would understand nothing of the speech that now prevails
at his native place in the province of Shantung. He might,
probably, according to Mr. E. H. Parker,* an eminent authority, be
more at home in Korea, or Annam, or, possibly, Canton, but he
certainly would be unable to understand his own remarks as recited
by the modern school-boy in any part of the Empire. And it
may
* Pioft ssor of Chinese at Owen's
College, Manchester.
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 17

be as well at this stage to state that China, which, during the early

part of her history


was often divided into small states, is not a
country in which one spoken language prevails, varied only by
provincialisms, but, to quote again
from Professor Giles, there are
about eight well-marked dialects, clearly of a common stock, but
all

go distinct as to constitute eight different languages, any two of


which are quite as unlike as English and Dutch. These dialects,
as pointed out by Professor Giles,* fringe the coast line of China, and
between Canton, on the extreme south, and Shanghai, near the
mouth of the Yangtsze, we encounter no less than seven dialects,
each so different from the other as to be quite unintelligible to any
but a native of the particular district in which the dialect prevails.
Throughout the region of the Yangtsze Valley, as it has now come
to be called,and from thence northwards, we " come into the range
of the great dialect, popularly known as Mandarin,' which sweeps
'

round behind the narrow strip of coast occupied by the various


dialects above mentioned, and dominates a hinterland constituting
about four-fifths of China proper." Throughout this region,
"
Mandarin," or the official dialect, will be understood, and Mandarin
in its purest form is now the Mandarin of Peking, or the Court

dialect, which is to other forms of Mandarin somewhat as Parisian


French is to the provincial dialects of France. It is to Mandarin,
therefore, and especially to Pekingese Mandarin, that the following
remarks will apply.
Theoretically, Chinese colloquial is not a difficult language to
" "
acquire. The street coolie of Peking, whose speech is
practically
the same as that of the highest official, has a
vocabulary of a few
hundred words at the outside which are amply sufficient for his
wants. He can say anything he wishes to say with this stock of
words, and is never at a loss for an expression. A foreign child
brought up under the charge of a Chinese nurse will pick up
Chinese words with much greater facility than it will imbibe
English, and will be talking fluently in the vernacular long before
it can do more than babble in the
language of its parents, andyet a
foreign adult may spend a lifetime in the country and not know ten
words of Chinese. No traveller can pass two months in Japan

* China and the


Chinese, p. 7.
18 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

without acquiring, without effort, a sufficient stock of words to make


hiswants easily known, whereas in China the stranger would leave
the country after several months' sojourn with no idea of the

language whatever beyond a few abusive epithets which had


fastened themselves on his memory from their constant reiteration in
his hearing.

"Pidgin" English, as the barbarous English spoken by the


Chinese coolie or servant in Hong Kong is called, is nothing more
or less than a literal translation of Chinese into English. The
Englishman will pick it up in a week, and yet, if he tries to turn
" "
pidgin English into Chinese, he will find that at the end of twelve
months he has made lamentably little progress. It may safely be
said that any young Englishman of average intelligence and
education who lived in France or in Germany for two years and
devoted the whole of his time to the study of either language, would
become a fluent speaker and writer at the end of that period. The
Chinese Consular Service of Great Britain is officered by men who
pass a severe competitive examination before admission, and must
consequently be above the average standard of education and ability.
The first two years of their career are spent in Peking, where the
whole of their time is devoted to the study of the language under
experienced supervision, and yet, at the end of this two years'
course, there is not one of them who
could personally conduct a

correspondence in Chinese, translate an official document without


the aid of a dictionary, or speak with sufficient fluency to act as an

interpreter where important negotiations were concerned. Before


they can reach this standard of proficiency they have at least five
or six years of work before them.
What is There is nothing specially complicated
the reason
?

about the language. Far from this being the case, its construction
is fairly simple, much more so than that of a scientific language,

German for instance, and in the matter of the expression of simple


wants there is nothing difficult whatever. Yet it is not too much to
say that not ten per cent, of Europeans who have devoted several
years to the study of the language speak really well ;
that it

requires from five to ten years constant practice to speak fluently,


and that there is probably hardly a living instance of a European
speaking Chinese so well as to be undistinguishable from a native.
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 19

On the other hand, any one who will take the trouble can acquire
a sufficient vocabulary at the end of a few months to make his
ordinary wants known, or to travel anywhere without the aid of an
interpreter. If he wishes to get beyond this elementary stage he
must make up his mind for some very up-hill work. In later
chapters an attempt is made to assist the student in acquiring such
a knowledge of the spoken language as will enable him to carry qn
an ordinary conversation. At the present stage it will suffice to
indicate in general terms a few of the difficulties with which the
learner has to contend, together with certain marked differences
between the written and the spoken language.
The first of these difficulties is undoubtedly intonation, which, as
stated above, is also an important feature in Chinese
composition.
The Chinese language is restricted in the matter of sounds,
of which there are, in the Peking dialect, about four
hundred. It follows therefore that many words must have the
same sound. In writing, this deficiency could naturally be ignored,
as each ideograph speaks for itself, but, in speaking, it is evident
that unless some means were devised by which words of the same
sound could be distinguished, much confusion would result. But
there is a system by which these sounds are sub-divided. In the
first place, a considerable multiplication is effected by the expedient

of duplicating many sounds having certain initial consonants by


the interposition of an aspirate between the initial consonant and
" "
the vowel. By many Irishmen such a word as chair would be
pronounced ch'air, with a strong aspirate after the ch. So, in
Chinese, we have Chi and Ch'i, tang and fang, pa and p'a, and
very many others, adding a large percentage to the number of
sounds. But this number is still more appreciably increased by the
pronunciation of the same sounds in different tones or inflections of
the voice. Take, for instance, the sound chi. Under this sound
are ranged no less than 135 characters, all pronounced chi.
Although the number of conversational words pronounced chi is
not so numerous as the written words, there is, none the less, a
considerable number. We have, to quote a very few, chi, a chicken,
chi, excited, chi, to push, chi, to remember. How are we to know
which is which ? The way theyare distinguished is by intonation.
The first chi is pronounced in an absolutely even tone, the voice
20 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

neither rising nor falling, and this it is customary to indicate by


chi 1 .The second, which we will call c/u 2 is pronounced in ,

tone something like an interrogative chi ?. The third,


2
a rising
in a falling tone, chfi, something like a tone of reproof with a rise at
the end ; and the fourth, chi*, in an abrupt and somewhat dictatorial
manner. To a Chinese, these tones come naturally, but to a foreign
ear and tongue they present a great difficulty, to some an insur-
mountable difficulty, and yet, unless accurately pronounced, the
word is not only as discordant as a false quantity would be in Latin,
but is also extremely liable to be misunderstood.
If we wished to remark that we did not require chicken, we ought
4 1
If we said instead, pu l yao? chi it would
1
l
to say pu yao chi . ,

" l 2 "
mean do not bite
chicken," pu the
yao* do not be chi,
l 4 " don't l 4 "
don't
yao chi* shove," pu
"

impatient," pu ydo* c/ii ,

want to make a note of." It is evident, therefore, that tones are a


very important element in the spoken language, indeed an all
important one, and neglect or misuse of these tones will land the
speaker in many and sometimes awkward, difficulties. A fluent and
correct speaker will play upon these tones as the fingers of a
violinist play up and down the strings of his instrument, and a
false tone, apart from conveying a false meaning, is like a false note

in music.
This tonic system plays a part also in Chinese composition. In
poetry, and generally in prose composition, only words of a
certain tone can occupy fixed places in a clause or line of a certain

length, and any deviation from rule will set the line out of tune,
though a regard for these rules is not necessary for purposes of
clearness rather the reverse, and they can be ignored in a document
;

of an official or business nature.


A further aid to definiteness in conversation consists in the use of

prefixes and suffixes in connection with certain nouns that stand


alone in writing, and in the use of two or more words in speaking
where one is used in writing. And here we come to the essential
difference between the written and the spoken language. The
former can be fairly called monosyllabic; the latter is
undoubtedly
syllabic.
To begin with the prefix. The sound jen2 means man, but it
also means benevolence. In speaking, we distinguish the former
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 21

from the latter by the pre-position of what, for want of a better word,
may be called a classifying article. The most common of these is
Ko, best translated by the word "piece/' In writing, man (or men),
is indicated by one character; in speaking, it is i ko jen, one
"piece" man, or chi ko jen, some "piece" man. So again, ping, a
soldier, also ice, but in speaking, i ho ping, one piece soldier,
i k'uai ping, a bit of ice. There are several dozen of these
classifiers, each of which takes a certain number of nouns under its
2
protection. Again, in the written language the character yin is
silver; in speaking, we distinguish this yin from many other similar
sounds, and indicate that it is a substantive, by calling it yintzu ;
so also, in writing, inao, a hat, in speaking, maotzu. This rule holds
good of a large number of nouns, but not of all, and there are other
suffixes besides the one mentioned. As a further illustration of
the syllabic nature of the spoken language a few more examples
may be given. To be willing in written Chinese is yuan ; in
'

colloquial it is yuam ; i, intention, colloquial, issu; li, a hedge,


colloquial, lipa ; huan, to rejoice, colloquial, hsihuan. Other
expressions in the spoken language are entirely different from those
in writing, as jih, sun, colloquial, t'aiyang or jiht'ou, but it may be
said generally that there is a close analogy between the two, the
essential difference lying in the fact that whereas redundancy is

necessary in speaking to ensure intelligibility, the written language


aims at conciseness and the elimination of all superfluity of words.

Pronunciation, apart from intonation, is a further serious


impediment in the way of the speaker, such sounds as chih, jih,
tzu, ssu, tz u, ch'u, etc., which are incapable of exact reproduction
l

by any recognized system of spelling, requiring months of practice


before they can be uttered correctly. And, finally, it is necessary to
forget one's own idiom when trying to talk Chinese, and to remember
that what in the one language seems a complicated sentence can
often be rendered with great simplicity in the other. The Chinese
language abounds in proverbial and idiomatic expressions. It is
in the discovery of these, and the right use of them, coupled with
the appropriate gestures, mannerisms and intonations, that the
secret of successful speaking lies.
As a final demonstration of the distinction that is drawn between
the written and the spoken languages, it may be stated that the
22 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

Chinese do not read books of a high-class character aloud to an


audience. One could not imagine, for instance, a public reading of
the poems of a Chinese Milton, Browning or Tennyson, or of
Macaulay's Essays, for the simple reason that they would not be
understood if they had not been studied beforehand by the
audience, letting alone the fact that half the so-called beauties
of Chinese composition gain nothing by recitation. The only
instance of recitation in book language is to be found on the stage.
There, historical plays are presented in which the actors talk like
books, but as the audience have either read the books or know
all about the incidents represented, they can follow the dialogue and

understand the plot. It is quite possible to write down colloquial


Chinese, but it is never so written except in a few novels or in
the minutes of evidence taken in a court of Law. If a Chinese
were called upon to record a conversation he would inevitably
transpose it into literary form.
From what has been said above it will be realized that the
popular estimate of the supreme difficulty of the Chinese language
is not far wide of the mark. Fluency in speaking, as has been
shown, is attainable by most people who will devote the necessary
labour to its acquisition, and translation of written Chinese into a
foreign language is not beyond the capacity of any diligent
student, but it may safely be asserted that there is no living
European who can reverse the process and turn out unaided an
original Chinese composition of sufficient elegance to command the
respect of a Chinese scholar. Proficiency in this direction would
necessitate a life-long devotion to the study of Chinese literature
to the exclusion of everything else. The late M. Stanislaus Julien
might, perhaps, alone of Chinese students have laid claim to this
distinction, and he, curiously enough, was unable to speak
intelligibly, had never been in China in his life, and was entirely
self-taught.
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

III.

IT has been suggested in the previous section that the vocabulary


of the ordinary Chinese working man does not exceed a few hundred

words, and it is obvious that any one who could secure a knowledge
of these words would be on the high road to an understanding
of the language spoken by the Chinese coolie. A
thorough working
acquaintance with the vocabulary of a coolie in all its varied com-
binations would be sufficient for most people, as the coolie, to all
intents and purposes, speaks the language which his master speaks,
and if hisstock of Chinese words could be handled in the way that he
handles them the person who possessed this faculty would have little
left to desire. The full possession of this facility is more than the
few succeeding chapters profess to offer the student, but at least it is
possible to supply him with a fairly representative list of words and
to indicate a few of the numberless combinations which they can be
made to form. If he will take the trouble to make this list his own
he will find it
comparatively easy to enlarge his vocabulary by the aid
of text books and dictionaries. Of the former, the two most in use
are the Tzu Erin, Chi, by the late Sir Thomas Wade, and Mandarin,
Lessons, by the Eev. C. W. Mateer. An Anglo-Chinese glossary of
words in common use will be furnished in a separate volume. The
written language would require a somewhat larger stock of
characters, which cannot be used in precisely the same way, but this
subject will be dealt with separately. The present and succeeding
chapters will deal exclusively with the colloquial form of Chinese.
It may be as well to repeat at this point that Chinese do not write
as they speak, and that when we write down words as they are spoken
we are, so to speak, treading on the susceptibilities of the Chinese
scholar, who regards written colloquial as unscholarly, but for
educational purposes the prejudice of the Chinese pedant may well
be ignored. It may be asked, " Why, in this case, is it necessary for
the student of colloquial Chinese to learn the character at all ? Would
not a transliteration of the sounds as in an alphabetical
language
"
satisfy all requirements ? The experiment has been tried, but it ha.i
never been a success, owing, amongst other causes, to the complications
presented by the four intonations referred to in the previous chapter,
while it is most unsatisfactory to find one's horizon limited
by ignor-
24 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

ance of the symbols used by the people themselves. There is probably


no short cut to a knowledge of any language, and certainly none to
Chinese. If a student will not take the small amount of trouble
he had
necessary to master eight hundred to a thousand symbols
better leave Chinese alone.
The question of pronunciation must be faced at the outset. If the
learner goes far wrong in his initial appreciation of the value of
Chinese sounds he will find it difficult to correct his mistakes later on.
Some Chinese sounds are incapable of production by any alphabetical
combinations, and nothing but oral demonstration will make them
clear, but, happily, these are few, and most of them can be spelt
in

such a way that any one should be able to pronounce them fairly
correctly. If it were a question merely of inventing a vocabulary for
the use of the English student alone the matter would be compara-

tively simple, but what has been aimed at by those who have
tried to
work out a system of spelling is to produce something of a cosmo-
politan nature that shall be understood by all. The result has been
that no one can understand any of the various systems elaborated
without divesting himself of preconceived notions as to how certain
combinations of letters should be pronounced, and beginners often go
astray because they have not carefully studied the directions as to the
way to read the vocabularies. Of these there are several, but the
best system of transliteration undoubtedly that elaborated by Sir
is

Thomas Wade. It is, necessarily, not perfect, but it is probably as


good as any that can be made, and in spite of much antagonism it
has held its own and has outlived various systems which other
scholars have endeavoured to force upon the public. All English-

speaking people accept it, and though other nationalities spell many
Chinese sounds in their own way, they have to fall back on the Wade
system when writing for universal imformation.
The sounds as expressed in the Wade system are given below, and,
in order to make them as intelligible as possible, alternative spellings
in simple English form are added to each sound. If the reader will
bear in mind that A is
always pronounced ar, that I is ee or i as in

French, and U oo, he will be saved much confusion. Other peculiari-


ties will, to a certain extent, be indicated by the alternative spellings,
and an attempt is made to show how the
specially difficult sounds
can be reproduced.
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 25
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE
30 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE
32 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

IV.

WE now come to the "characters" which have been selected as


likely to be of the greatest general utility.
These are placed at the
" "
bottom of each page, and against each the Wade transliteration

has been put, with the tone expressed in figures 1, 2, 3 and 4, and
the meaning most commonly attached to it.
Different ways of fixing the characters on the memory will no-
doubt suggest themselves to individual students, but it may be of
assistance to those who have no plan of campaign if a method is

explained which has been pursued with fairly satisfactory results.


Each character should be carefully copied on a separate slip of
paper, preferably about an inch square, and at the back of
each
ticket the sound, tone and meaning should be written.* These
squares should be gone through daily, and an attempt should be
made to identify each character. Those which are successfully
identified can be placed on one side and left alone for a week the ;

failures should be collected separately and their inspection renewed


from day to day, the identi6ed tickets being added to the collection
of successes and the failures put back to be attacked again. It will
not be long before the successes predominate, and the number of
failures on each subsequent revision will become encouragingly few.

Proficiency in writing the characters correctly will not be easily


acquired, but the writing of Chinese is a matter of secondary
importance. It is always possible, in China, to obtain the services-
of a native clerk, and it is almost hopeless for a foreigner to attempt
to write a presentable hand. This is a mere matter of practice, but,
as has been previously stated, it takes many years of daily practice
to arrive at good handwriting. At the same
time, it is only by
copying the characters that they can be successfully learnt.
In copying the characters care should be taken to form them
after the recognized If this is not followed they will not-
system.
only be hopelessly awry, but it will be difficult to count the number
of strokes of which each character is
composed. A correct estimate
* See Section XTTI.
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 33

of these, as has been explained, is necessary when looking for a


character in the dictionary. In writing characters one rule should
be borne in mind. Always, when possible, commence on the left-
hand side, at the top, and draw the strokes from left to right. There
are exceptions to this rule, but they are not sufficiently numerous
to affect the general principle. One example
will suffice, jjpg /w
2
,

prosperity, is which every Chinese, literate or


a character with
illiterate, is familiar it is the best, or one of the best known
;

characters in the language, and it is in evidence on every


doorway
at the new year time, not to mention other occasions, in
every place
where the Chinese script is known. This is how it is written, com-
mencing with the Radical

If the same system is followed in the writing of other characters,


in ninety-nine cases out of a hundred the order of the strokes will be
correct.
An attempt has been made in Section II. to explain the reason why
so many words in colloquial Chinese are dissyllabic, and illustrations
have been given of a few words which require no amplification in
writing but have to be expanded in speaking. Many of these
amplifications are capable of explanation, but others are not, and
the student will save himself much trouble if he will, to commence
with, be satisfied to accept the fact that the double words represent
the meanings given. If he wants to know why, he can work out
the etymologies for himself later on.
The characters are arranged, as stated, at the foot of each page.
When some fifty characters have been more or less fixed on his
n
34 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

the student caii begin to play with them, and to make sentences of his
he must try to forget
own, but if he wishes to play a successful game
all the laws of English grammatical construction, and endeavour to
learn how to arrange his sentences in the way that a Chinese would

arrange them. If he can once get hold of this system and make it
his own, half the difficulties of the language will vanish, and it is

with the idea of illustrating the Chinese order of construction that,


in the exercises which follow, the literal translation of the Chinese

equivalent is placed opposite to


each sentence. One is almost
the student should feel his
tempted to apologize for suggesting that
way to Chinese through the channel of "pidgin" English for that
is what it practically amounts to but, if the process is adhered to
for a certain time, it will help the learner more than anything else

to speak as the Chinese speak.


The acquisition of a vocabulary is, naturally, a mere question of
memory, and the great difficulty to be contended with is, not the
committal to memory of disjointed phrases, but the combination of
these phrases in a properly constructed sentence. This is what the
English paraphrase is designed to teach. It will no doubt be
subjected to derision by the scientific teacher, but, none the less,
the mere eccentricity of the paraphrased sentences will help to fix
the order of the words, as well as individual phrases, on the mind of
the beginner, and the very little grammar there is to learn will
indicate itself in the process as he goes on. If he will persevere to
the end of these exercises, spelling out each one for himself, writing
itin the Chinese character, and not referring to the key until each
sentence is
complete, he will assuredly not regret the time he has
spent on the labour. When he reaches the end of the examples he
will have no difficulty in
recognizing the characters he has made his
own wherever he may meet them, and he will find, when he turns
his attention to more ambitious text-books, that he will sail along
with comparative ease. If the writing of the characters is considered
too great a labour the
English transliteration of these characters
should at least be written down, but the best way to fix them on the
memory to write them
is
constantly. When
once a character has
established a firm place in the memory remain there, with very
it will
occasional revision, for all time. It
may reappear in unfamiliar
combinations, the meaning of which will have to be discovered by
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

application to the dictionary, but if any one will persevere until he


has thoroughly mastered a thousand words he will find that he is
in a position to have some appreciation of a novel, to read the
Confucian Classics with intelligent interest, and to master the
intricacies of any simple business document. He will need help at
either that of a dictionary or of an expert, to understand any
first,

of these thoroughly, for every branch of written Chinese has its


he will no longer be outside
special peculiarities, but the pale, and
he may count on
reaching this stage after less than two years of
study, though he cannot expect to speak fluently until he has
polished up his knowledge in the country itself, in the midst of
native surroundings.

Lastly, the tones should on no account be neglected. Some people


make light of the necessity of acquiring correct intonation, but they
are most assuredly wrong. It is possible that words in common use
may be detected by a native even if pronounced in the wrong tone,
but there are hundreds of others which will be absolutely unintel-
Indeed, a bad accent is a
ligible if the correct intonation is not given.
than inaccuracy of tone, while the absence of the latter,
lesser evil

apart from leading to misunderstanding, is fatal to the rhythmic


cadence which is a marked and pleasing feature of the spoken language.
It would be almost impossible to arrive at great accuracy of pronun-
ciation without the constant direction of a native or other competent

instructor, but errors of pronunciation can, with perseverance, be


corrected later on, whereas, unless the habit is formed of associating
a word with its proper tone, it will be found very difficult at a later
stage to make good this important omission. No written explanation
can give precisely the proper note to be sounded in each tone, but an
hour's oral instruction will enable any one with a quick ear to pick
these up. On the other hand, some people never can learn them

properly, and, consequently, often fail to make themselves understood.


One golden rule should always be borne in mind in connection with
the tones the second and third tones must almost invariably be
:

emphasized, and the syllable never clipped. Indeed, speaking in


general terms, it may be said that if the second and third tones are
looked after, the first and fourth will more or less take care of them-
selves. Not that they should be neglected ; far from it, but they are
often not sounded at all, whereas, with the exception of the character
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

tzii, a son, when used as a substantive indicator, and a few words in


the second or third tone when used as finals, it is seldom safe to
neglect tones numbers two or three. The few instances in which they
can be ignored will be seen in the list of new characters following each
sentence. Whenever no tone mark is attached to the phonetic ren-
dering of any of these characters it may be taken for granted that the
tone is not to be sounded.
It should be noted that when two words in the third tone come to-

gether the^rs^ almost always takes the second tone or the first.
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 37

EXAMPLES.

1. This is yours. This piece is yours.


2. Is this yours ? This piece yours ?is

3. We do not want that. We not want that piece.


4. What do you want ? You want what.
5. Where are they ? They at where.
6. What is that? That piece is what.
7. He is there. He at there.

8. Where is he? He at where.


9. What is that thing? That piece is what thing.

2. mo1 the
, interrogative,
~ UJS na4 1 in Peking, there
hereafter indicated by ?. '
3
^.erh /na erh, where?
It also means "as."
wo 3 I.
9 ^ tung 4
,
east.
,
9. jHj hsi 1 west.
,

men, the plural index of


personal substantives.
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

10. What are you doing ? You do what.


11. I am not doing anything. I not do what.
12. Do you want it? You want not want.
13. Has he come ? He come ed not have.
14. His son has come. His son come ed.

15. Have you brought the Money bring come ed not have.

money ?
16. Have you got any money ? You have money not have.
17. He is inside. He at inside.
18. I made that. That is I make ing.
19. Have you seen it ? You look see ed not have.
20. No, I have not seen it. I not look see ed.
21. What does that man want? That piece man want what.
22. I don't know what he wants. I notknow he want what.
23. What are you doing here ? You at here do what.
24. I am waiting for your son. I wait your son.

-f$fc tso*, do, make.


8
2fc lai , come.
T liao8 or lo;
a sign of the 17. fi t'ou 2, head, end,
top, first,

past tense, hereafter indi- foremost.


cated by "ed"; a final 0r
17. inside.
particle, pronounced lo; to jlJ3 } in,
end, finish, accomplish.
2
&mei not; used with
,

"have," but not with "is." 19. ;ff k'an*, look; k'un 1

, watch.
^ 8
yu have. , regard.
% e-rh
2
,
son ;
in Peking used 19. ^ chien 4
, see
in the formation of nouns
and adjectives.
8
son; much used in
2
14. -^ tzu , 21. _A Jen , man.
the formation of nouns. 22. p chih
1

know.
,

* 22. j|| tao*, road,


way.

15. i
ch'ien4, copper cash, mo-
ney.
15. na2 to 23.
:
, take, seize, hold,
bring. 24. ^ tgng 8
, wait.
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 39

25 .
Why are you waiting for him ? You wait him do what.
26. He has not paid me my My money he not give ed me lo.

money.
27. Sit down and wait till he Sit a sit wait he come.
comes.
28. Is his business a large one ? His buy-sell large not large.
29. His business is not as large His buy-sell not have mine large.
as mine.
30. What does he sell ? He sell what
31. I don't know what he sells. I not know he sell what.
32. He said your things were He say your things is at he there
bought at his place. buy ing.
33. Did he say that ? He say ed that lo ?

34. Where did these men come This some men is where come ing.
from?
35. I have not got as large a I not have thus large one's thing.
thing as that.
36. What business does he carry He do what buy-sell.
on ?

37. He is not a tradesman. He not is buy-sell man.


38. I have no money to buy that. I not have money buy that piece.
39. When I have money I will I have money, I come buy.
come and buy it.
40. Don't blame him that is ;
You not want speak him ;
that
not his fault. not is his fault.
41. What did he ask you ? He ask you what.

3
26. %fe kei give, for, , to. 34. &* hsieh some; used to form
1

the plural of nouns.


27. ^ tso
4
,
sit.

28. ^ mai 3 buy. ,

28. Jf mai 4 , sell.

1
shuo ) to find fault with a
28. trade, bu 8 iness. 40 '
2
Jj Jen / person, to scold.

28. ;fc ta 4 Ar.

TrU.
X pu
tt
4
1
r
fault, wrong-do-
, great.
^ shin i -1 A
4
J ing.
31. f& shuo
1

, speak, say. 41. Prl]


wen 4 ,
ask.
40 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

42. Whatthings do you want ? You want what thmg.


43. I want nothing. I not want what.
44. Will you give me that ? You give me that not give.
45. No, I will not. I not give you.
46. Have you seen my son ? My son you look see ed not have.
47. What did he say ? He speak what talk.
48. Don't talk. Not want speak talk.
49. I asked him if he wanted it I ask him want not want ;
he
and he said he didn't. say not want.
50. I don't know the road. I notknow road.
51. You ask him to wait for me. You invite him wait me.
52. He says he won't wait. He say he not wait.
53. When you asked him to sit You invite him sit down wait,
down and wait for me, he say what.
what did he say ?
54. He said he wanted to buy He say want buy things, not
some things and that he wait vou come.
wouldn't wait till
you
came.
55. He had gone before you You not come ed he walk eJ.
came.
56. What is inside that ? That inside have what.
57. Why do you ask me ? You ask me do what.
58. Do you think this is good ? You regard this piece good not
good.
59. In my not very At I say not
opinion it is is very good one.
good.
60. 1 cannot do that. That piece I do cannot.
61. I cannot sit there. There I sit cannot.

47. fg hua4 , talk, language.

55. tsou 3 to walk, go.


,

tao* 1 ,
58. hao 3 good, well.
road '
,

'rh /
3
59. heX very.
51. f| ch'ing please, invite.
,
u* )
cannot, cannot be
4
53. "p hsia , below, down. o3 / done
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

62. There are none of those That piece thing not have lo.

things left.

63. That what he said before.


is That is he before speak ing talk.
64. I don't want to ask him that. I not want ask him that.
65. I cannot well ask him that. I not good ask him that.
66. If you don't come he'll scold You not come he want speak
you. you.
67. That doesn't matter. That not what.
68. When he comes I want to He come ed I want see him.
see him.
69. Will he see me? He see me not see me.
70. He says he won't see He speak he what man not see.

any one.
71. I saw you, but you didn't I look see you lo, you not
see me. look see ed me.
72. If you want this I'll give it You want this piece I give you,
to you, but I won't give that piece I not give you.
you that.
73. Do you know the size of that That piece thing 's large small
thing ? you know not know.
74. No, I don't. Not know.
75. If I had as much money as I have you thus some piece
you have I would not sell money I not sell that
that thing. piece thing.
76. You say so, but when you You is thus say; wait you
have money we'll see. have money, look.
77. Are you his son ? You are his son ?
78. Come up. Up come.
79. Come here. Up here come.
80. Come over here; I want to You pass here come ;
I want ask
ask you something. you talk.
81. Has he been here before ? He come kuo not have.

ui
u2
63. before, in front of.
|p
jgj!? |
8 4
73. fr hsiao ,
little. 78. _t shang above, up, upon, to.
,

80. kuo 4 to pass a sign of


, ;

the past tense.


4-2 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

82. No, he has not. He not come kuo.


83. Has he made this statement He speak kuo this piece talk, not
before ? have.
84. It is not that there is none ;
Not is not have ;
he not give me.
he won't give me any.
85. Did he ask for any money? He want ed money not want.
86. He did demand some, but I He want kuo, I not give him.
would not give him any.
87. I must be off. I want walk lo.

88. Good bye ! Please.


89. You ask him if he wants it ,
You ask him want not want, he
if he doesn't want it I'll not want I give you.
give it to you. [have.
90. Have you seen this before ? This piece you look see kuo not
91. No, I have not seen it before. I not look see kuo.
92. Please take the upper seat. Please above sit.

93. He is a passer by. He ispass come man.


94. Has he passed by ? He pass come ed not have.
95. I don't know whether his I not know his business good not
business is good or not. good.
96. He can't want as many He want cannot thus some piece
things as that. things.
97. What is inside that ? That inside have what.
98. Ask him to come up, I have Invite him up come ;
I have talk
something to say. say. [gd.
99. Do you think this is good ? You regard this piece good not
100. Yes, it's good, but not so G-ood, is good, not have that
good as that. piece good.
101. This is yours, is it not? This is yours not is.

102. Is this yours, or not? is it This is yours not is yours.


103. Do you think that what he You regard he speak ing is, not
says is correct ? is.

104. Bring it here and let me Bring here come, give me look a
see it. look.

0/5
96 '
& hsieh 1

)
some -
4
jU cn ^ l nere (Peking collo-
fiko' } ft 'rh / quial).

104.
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 43

105. Come over here and I will You cross come, I give you
tell you.
106. What do you want to say ? You want say what.
107. Wait till I have said it and Wait I speak ed you know.
you'll know. [know.
108. Do you know what he said ? He say what ed, you know not
109. I don't know; I've come to I not know I come ask you come
;

ask you. ed.


110. Don't ask me; ask him. Not want ask me ask him. ;

111. Do you please about wait-


as Wait not wait, at you I come ed, ;

ing if
you are not here
; you not at here, I want
when I come I shall go. walk lo.
112. That is not mine; I have That not is mine ;
I give ed him
given it to him. lo.

113. If you want to know You want know that thing.


whether that thing is good not good you ask
good or not you ask him ;
him he not have what
;

there is nothing he not know ing.


doesn't know.
114. Bring it here and let me see it. Bring come give me look.
115. Do you know if this is the This piece is road, you know not
road? know.
116. I don't know ;
I have never I not know I not have walk kuo
;

been on this road. this piece road.


117. There is a man coming; ask There have man come ; you ask
him. him.
118. Can you kindly tell me Beg ask ;
this is to where's
where this road leads to ? road.
119. That depends upon the size That regard thing's large small.
of the thing.
120. There is a huckster outside ;
Outside have piece sell things
do you want to see his one ; you want see his
things ? things not want.

Any one who has taken the pains to work carefully through the

foregoing sentences cannot fail to notice that the


system of writing
Chinese " backwards," as we might call it, applies also to a certain
extent to the language. A. recent writer on Japan has observed that
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

" and write back-


the Japanese speak backwards, read backwards,
wards." So, as far as this generalization
can be accepted, do the
of the sentences is
Chinese, and it may at least be said that the order
often inverted. The student who wishes to speak Chinese correctly
must, therefore, divest himself at the outset of any idea that a Chinese
sentence runs upon the same lines as an English one. It is a safe

rule, in attempting to reproduce


an English sentence in Chinese, to
It should, in fact, be treated
begin by cutting out
all superfluities.

as one would treat a telegraphic message and be reduced to its lowest

possible dimensions after this it may be transposed into a Chinese


;

of certain particles.
key, with the liberal interspersion
The nouns present little difficulty. One thing to bear in mind is
thatmany of them take one of two or three endings. The most
common of these is ^ ,
which in Peking is often replaced by fa. The
termination fa, however, is so essentially a characteristic of the Peking
dialect that for general purposes it is advisable to be sparing in its use.
A few indicative prefixes or " numeratives " must also be remembered,
"
but in case of doubt it is always fairly safe to employ fl| piece."
Another point to which attention might be called is the absence of
" "
the single affirmative or negative. Yes or " No " can be expressed
by a single word, but they are seldom so expressed, the common form
being the repetition of the latter half of a question for the negative, as
"
in the question, "You go out not go out?" "I not go out; the affirm-
ative being indicated by the repetition of the first half, "I go out."
Most people at first find a difficulty in discriminating between the
two negatives ^ and $. Only experience will enable the speaker to
decide without hesitation which of the two should be employed in

particular cases, but if it be borne in mind that cannot be used ^


with have, nor
;ff, ^
with j^, be ; further, that ^
is generally used

in connection with past action, much difficulty of selection will be re-


moved. If we wished to say "He has not come," we must express it
ty 'fife $. ^J 2& or 4dl $t 2fc ne has not come. If we said /fjjj
>
3}$, ^
it would mean either that he was not coming or that he would not
come. So, f ^51 I am not wanting, i.e. I do not want ffi $ Jj ;

I have not wanted i.e. I did not want. Attention is called to one
;

other point ]|i not only means want, but also will, and is often used
;

to mark the future tense, as f& ffc ^ flj &%


%fe ft. , ^
He says
that if I have not got any he will give me some.
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 45

VI.

The numerals present no great difficulty. The symbols from one


"
to ten are as with us, except that the numerative fl|, piece,"
generally follows each figure, as j@, one piece, in the counting
" " "
of objects. The "teens
by ten one," ten two," &c. ;
are denoted
"
the multiples of ten by " two tens," for twenty, " three tens thirty,
and so on. The way to express hundreds, thousands, and fractional
parts of round numbers, will be shown in the few examples that
are given.
There are three ways of writing the numerals, which may be
styled the common form, the legal form, and the abbreviated form,
the last being known as the Soochow system of notation. The
legal form
only used on formal documents or bills, and is
is

equivalent to our writing numerals in words instead of in figures;


the abbreviated form is employed occasionally in bills or
memoranda of accounts. The three forms are given below,
but it will not be necessary, for ordinary purposes, to pay atten-
tion to the legal or abbreviated forms of notation.

EXAMPLES.

g |
i
1

,
one. Wfl pai hundred.
8
,

II ^ 1
1 erh*, two. ch'ien , thousand.
1

El ^ wan 4
1

H| san ,
three. ,
ten thousand,
4
P9 Jf: JC ssii ,
four. myriad.
21 fa % wu five.
3 2
, ling , zero, cypher.
4 3
:$ ^ liu six. .
fff Hang , two; used with
-b * ch'iV, seven. ko, piece; a Chinese
A il'J pa
1

, eight. ounce or
4
tael.

ti number, the sign of


,

-J-
shih2 ten. , the ordinal number.

1.
Eighty-six. Eight ten, six.
2. Four hundred and seventy-nine. Four hundred, seven ten, nine.
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

3. Six hundred and five. I Six hundred, cypher, five.

4. Fifteen hundred and twenty- One thousand, five hundred, two


eight. ten, eight.
5. Three thousand and one. Three thousand, cypher, one.
6. Fifteen thousand. One myriad, five thousand.
7. One hundred and sixteen. One hundred, one ten, six.
8. Two hundred and seventy-four Two ten seven myriad, four
thousand six hundred and thousand, six hundred, ten,
nineteen. nine.
9. He is at the top ;
I am second. He is top one piece; I am number
two.
10. He has been before ;
I have He is before come ing, I not
not been before. come kuo.
11. Have you any change ? You have fractional money not
have.
12. He has five sons ;
two of them He have five piece son ; two piece
are here, I don't where at here, that three piece I
know the other three are. not know at where.
13. Five times five are twenty-five. Five five, two ten five.
14. Number fifteen. Number ten five.
15. The fifteenth. Number ten five piece.
16. Five taels two mace. Five tael two mace ; or, five tael
two.

The student recommended to multiply these examples for


himself.
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 47

VII.

1 How much money did you You give ed him how many
give him ? money.
2. I do not remember. I not remember.
3. How many men did you see ? You look see ed how many men.
4. I saw ten or more men. I look see ed ten several piece
man.
5. All these things are yours. These piece thing all are yours.
6. I have counted the number. I count ed number.
7. I explained it to him. I give him say clearly ed.
8. He does not understand what He not apprehend my talk.
I say.
9. He is not at home in the day He white day not at home.
time.
10. Did you write all these These character all is you write
characters ? ing?
11. There are some that I did Have, not is I write ing.
not write.

2
2. to remember.
fg, chi*, 7. ming
flj , bright.
4

2 IS chi \ remember, make a 7. Q pai


2
, white, gratis, in vain.
f of 2
1
flft ming ) understand, clear-
3. %, to many.,
Q 2
/
pai ly.
3. /J? shao 3 few , 3
8. f^ tung , understand.
3
1 understand, appre-
ft f|j tung
2
^f t6 J hend.
4. ^ chi', some, several.
9. jih*, day.
4> 4 80me how
>
ina ny?
f| ko }
%$ ton all.
1

5. ,
1
6. Ifr shu 3 count. ,
9. 0^ chia home. , [charaoter.
10. ^ tzu 4
,. letters, the wriiton

10. % hsieh 3
,
write.
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

12. At what time did he come He is what time return come ing.
back?
13. He says he intends to come He say he to-morrow want return
back to-morrow. come.
14. When he comes back tell him He return come ing time you tell

want to see him.


I him I want see him.
15. I have heard that you write I heard say you write character,

very well. write ing very good.


16. What are you talking about ? This is what talk. I not able
I can't write. write character.
17. He wrote to tell me that he He give me write ed one piece
cannot come to-morrow. (feng} letter say he to-
morrow not can come.
18. I wrote to him in reply ask- I givehim write ed return letter
ing him to come the day beg him day after to-
after to-morrow. morrow come.
19. He came five times and I was He come ed five turn, I all not at
not at home on any home.
occasion.

12. shih 2 time.


,

12. hou*, wait; seldom used


alone.
16. ^ hui*, able, meet, a society.
1
17. ^ fe^ng ,
numerative of let-

ters, to seal up a letter.


4
17. f| hsin , a letter, to believe,
12. hui 2, time, turn, return.
a report.

12 ' onetime once -

0hui'} '

17. & feng 1


i a letter.

M hsin V
12.
H^ |
return, afterwards.
f hsin*^ 1

13. t'ien
1 17. ffr feng an envelope.
5 , heaven, day. ^

..
[pj hui 2 ) a return letter, an
g '

-fg;
hsin* j answer.
18. ^ hou*, after, behind.

,g ^ hou* ) the day after to-


15. H t'ing 1

, listen, obey.
'

J? t'ien )
1
morrow.
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

20. If you can do it do it ;


1 You can do, then do; I not
can't. able.

21. I can do it, only I cannot do I can do, only is do ing not
it well. good.
22. Directly he comes back you He one return come you then tell
tell him I want to see the him buy ing those thing
things he has bought. I want look.
23 What time are you going? I You what time go. I directly
am going directly. g-
24. Will this do? Yes it will This piece suit, not suit. Suit, is
do, only it is too small. suit, only is too small.
25. Who made that? He says That is what man do ing. He
he made it, but I don't say is he do ing, I but not
believe him. believe.
26. I don't believe anything he He say what, I all not believe.
says.
27. If you want my things I will You want my thing I then give
give them to you, but I you ;
I but not can give you

you his things.


can't give his thing.
28. Bring that thing here and let Take hold that piece thing bring
me see it, come give me look.
29. Take as many as you want. You want how many, then take
how many.
30. That thing has no handle, That piece thing not have handle,
how can I hold it ? I how hold.
31. How did you come? I You are how come ing. I is

walked here. walk ed come ing.


32. Can you come and dine with You to-morrow to me here come
me to-morrow ? eat food, suit not suit.

2
20. $| neng can. ,

4
handle.
20. jgfc chiu then, only, at once.
,

2 1
24. ft hsing suit, answer, do. ,
32. P ch'ih ,
eat.
4
24. -fa t'ai , too, very. 32. ffc fan4, food, a meal.
8
25. Pf k'o , but, can. " ch'ih 1 7 to dine, eat
3 32
28. fC pa ,
take hold of. j^t fan 4 ) meal.
50 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

33. I am engaged to-morrow; I I to-morrow have business, not


can't come. can come.
34. If he asks you to dinner will He if is invite you eat food you
you go? I won't go. go not go. I not go.
35. What's to be done ? I can't This how good. I not can tell
tell him you won't go. him you not go.
36. You just tell him I am You tell him I have business,
that's it.

37. If I tell him that he won't I if is tell him that piece talk he
believe it. not believe.
38. I don't care whether he does He believe not believe I not
or whether he doesn't. care.
39. Shut the door. Take hold door shut up.
40. The door is shut. Door shut ed.
41. The door is not shut to, Door not shut up.
42. Open the door. Open door.
43. Open the door. Take hold door open open.
44. What are you sitting there You sit at there do what. I wait
for? I am waiting till they open door.
they open the door.
45. You have made a mis- You say wrong ed.
statement.
46. How have I made a mis- I how say wrong ed.
statement ?

47. You told me he had gone to You tell me he buy thing go ed.

buy things, and he had He not buy thing go.


not.

33. Ifl shih 4 affair, business.


,
38. ^ kuan 3
,
take charge of, con-
33. *|jf ching2 feelings, disposi-
, trol, care about.
tion, affection. 39. [$] kuan 1

shut, close, a cus-


m shih*
1 business, affairs; toms
,

station.
33. > much the same
2 [$ kuan 1

*|j| ch'ing J as shih 4 above.


,
40. shut, shut to.
34. 3g jo 4 _fc, shang
, if.
1

4
42. g k'ai , open.
i '
) all ri g ht that 8it'
36. f sWh 4
l - '-

that will do.


45. fj| ts'o
4
, wrong.
'} 47. ^ ch'ii*, go.
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 51

48. I didn't say so, I said he had I not say that piece talk. I say

gone out. What mistake he forth go ed. This have


is there about that ? what fault.

49. Did you say that? You say ed that piece talk ?

50. Yes, I did. Not wrong is I say ing. ;

51. You have done that wrong. That piece you make wrong ed.
52. I don't care whether it is
WVong not wrong, I not care.
wrong or not.
53. That was my fault. That is my fault.
51. You tell him; he won't pay You tell him ;
he not listen my
any heed to what I say. talk.
55. I went to his house to ask I to his home in go ed ask him
him about that business, that piece aft'air, he forth
but he had gone out. door go ed.
56. His people said they didn't He home in 'a man say they not
know what time he would know he what time return
be back, so 1 didn't come, I then not wait him
wait. ed.
57. Have you got it
ready ? You make complete ed not
have.
58. It will be ready to-morrow. To-morrow then complete.
59. That can't be done. That piece do cannot.
60. If you don't go I must. You not go, I must go.
61. He must say which he wants; He must say he want which ;
he
how can I know which to not say, I how can know
give him if he doesn't give him which.
say?
62. Listen ! Who is that talking You listen listen ;
outside is whut
outside ? man speak talk.

48. tfj chV, go forth, go out, 55. ^ chia


2
1

, family, home.
issue. 57. ffi te , obtain, catch a com-
plaint.

7 -
m te
2
"(completed, that will

48. a mistake, fault.


J liao \ do.
3
60. ffi te ' > must -

48.
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

63. Don't on any account say Thousand ten thousand not want
that I said so. say is I say ing.
64. That is too dear; I won't That piece too dear ;
I not buy.

buy it.

65. This is much cheaper. This piece cheap much lo.

66. Which is the front and which Which is before, which is after.

is the back?
67. I will walk in front, you walk I at front walk, you at behind
behind. walk.
68. A few days ago he said he Before several day he say he
wanted it, but afterwards want ed; afterwards he
he wouldn't have it. not want.
69. I am telling the truth, why I say ing is true talk ; you how
don't you believe me ? not believe.
70. I really cannot give you I truly not can give you that
that. piece.
71. That is my affair, there is no That is my affair ; you not use
need foryou to look after it. look after.
72. That must not (or That do must
cannot) be not.
done.
73. You know all about that; That piece you all know ;
no use
there is no occasion for I tell you.
me to tell you.
74. That's That
all
right if you ;
all
you if remember
right ;

remember who gave it you iswhat man give you ing,


you go and ask him when you then go ask him is
he bought it. what time buy ing.

Q ^ ch len
*>>* wan4 1
1
\
( on no account.
,'X, , )
4
64. jH kuei , expensive, honour-
68.
1
afterwards.
<ien2
65. t able '

|P ]
cheap. 69. jf shih
2
, true, sound.
4
65. 8$ chien cheap, common.,

66. |ff ch'ien 2 , before, front.


70 -

1 >'? 4
y-

71. $] yung , use, employ.

72. 35 V* must not.


| cannot,
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 58

75. When the weather is as hot Weather thus hot, yon wear
as this what do you want thus many clothes do
to wear so many clothes what.
for?
76. You call it hot ? It seems You say hot ? I regard cold.
to me to be cold.
77. Is the dinner ready? Food good ed ?

78. It will soon be ready. Quick good ed.


79. What's his name ? He name what.
80. Put the chair here. Take hold chair put at here.
81. Did you walk or come in a You is walk ed come ing, is sit

carriage ? cart come ing.


82. He is disobedient. He not listen talk.

75. ^ ch'i4 , air, vapour, breath,


80. - chair.
temper. tzu j-

1
80. Jjgjko put, place.
IS' [weather.
,
75-

75.
81. $ ch'e 4
, carriage, cart.
&jo,hot. f{
nin2 you ,
sir.
1
75. ch'aan ,
to wear, put on.

75 - clothe8 -

'} hsien
1
before.
, first,
76. $
leng cold.
4
3
,
hsien 1
^
before born ; a
78. -^ k'uai quick, sharp. , > form of
polite
1 1
79. $ hsing , surname, name. sheng J address.

There is one character in the foregoing list which deserves special


attention. ^ chiu 4 is one of the most valuable words in the
,

spoken language, and its use is seldom out of place. Whenever a


word is wanted to help out a sentence that seems to require touching
up, throw in a chiu and you will generally be safe. It does duty, as
we have seen, for " then " and for " immediately "; for " all right "
and " only " when combined with j^, " is," and it often takes the
"
place of so." It is also used on occasion to indicate the future
tense. Nothing, of course, but practice will enable the learner to
be certain when it can be employed, but it should never be lost
54 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

eight can be liberally introduced as an adjunct which has no


of, for it
but gives a finish to the sentence.
special force,
"
The same, in a modified degree, may be said of "Sf, or pf ^, but,"
which should almost invariably be placed after the personal pronoun.
" "
The Chinese say I but," not but I."
Note, again, that p^ ^, "time," when used in the sense of
"when," always takes $j before it, as ffc ?j (ft $$ /$| ,
"when I
"
came." When used as when," it can never take the first place in a
sentence.
Caution should be exercised in the use of the personal pronoun
" when addressing intimates or
ffc' y u -" This is only employed
inferiors, near relations of the same or of a younger generation, or by

parents to their children.


To address a stranger as ni would not be
2
polite. The polite form of address is f<T nin or Jfjj $j, nin-na, and
,

thiswould be used even to the commonest person who was a stranger


when asking him, for instance, which was the road to a certain place.
We come directly to other forms of address to officials of minor
shall

degree and so forth, but it might be mentioned here that persons who
have no official rank or title, such as tradesmen and the like, are
generally designated by the calling they follow. Thus, a man whose
name was Wang and whose calling was that of a carpenter would
be called Wang Mu-chiang, Carpenter Wang, the name always
preceding the title ;
a shopkeeper would be called Wang Chang-kuei-
" "
ti, till-keeper or, if he was a foreman, or something of that
Wang,
sort, the would be Lao-pan, " mate," or " old comrade/'
title /
^
Hsien-shesng, "before born," or Lao-Hsien-sheng, "old before born,"
can be applied to most people, but it belongs properly to the lettered
or teaching class who have no official status. There are many other
"
forms of address, such as Shih-fu, craftsman," applied to skilled
mechanics, and, curiously enough, to cooks, but, to begin with, it
will be found a safe rule to address all but distinctly social inferiors
" and people to whom more consideration
as nin or nin-na, you, sir,"
"
is due as Hsien-sheng, before born."
The observance of these little distinctions is important, for the
Chinese, as a people,, are most polite in their manners towards each
other, and the neglect of their conventionalities by foreigners, most
of whom are not aware of them, is a fertile source of contemptuous
dislike. Treat a Chinese with the conventional forms of politeness
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 55

to which he is accustomed from his own people, learn to bow as he


bows when accosting a stranger, and give him his proper title, and he
" "
will treat you with the respect he seldom accords to the barbarian
who knows nothing of his language or of his customs. A know-
ledge of these courtesies is a valuable aid to success in con-
versation.
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

VIII.

1. I forgot to go to his house You yesterday order me to his


to inquire about that home in go inquire that

business, as you told me affair, I forgot ed, not go.


to do yesterday.
2 I also know he won't do. I also know he not suit.
3. Are you still here? Why You still is here ? You for what
haven't you gone ? not go.
4. Because he wouldn't let me Because he not call me go he ;

go he heard that I hadn't


;
heard say I yet not eat
had my dinner yet, and he food he say I must before
;

said I must have some- eat rice. I just go.

thing to eat first. I am


going directly.
5. Where have you come from ? You from where come.
6. I came from the country. I from country come.
7. How far is it from here to From here to there have how
there ? much road.
8. It's not far, not more than one Not far; not exceed one day 's

day's journey. way.

2
tso

4
3. ^ shen
mo
2
> for what, wliy.
1. P^. chiao , call, cause, order. gj
1. fj* tas beat, from, by.
,
4.

L make i^y- 1
the country, ia
SJ*ng< } n $$ hsiang 1

1. "f hsia* J the country.


fi* wang*, forget.
4
2. & yeh 2
3
,
also. 7. gj tao , to, to arrive, reach.

3. jf hai , yet, still, or; huan2 ,

3
3. ft wei*, for. [repay. 8. far.
jf yiian ,
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 57

9. Are you going there ? So am You to there go ? I also go ; you


I. Could you go with me? with me go, suit not suit.
10. Why of course I could. How not suit. You is what time
What time are you
going ?

11. I want a little paper to put I want a little paper, put at this
on the top of this you ;
above ; you go give me
go and find me some. seek a seek.
12. Will this do? This piece suit not suit.
13.- I am afraid it won't, it's too Fear not suit ; too small lo.

small.
14. This will do I expect. This piece suit lo pa.
15. When you have finished it You-sir do finished ed, tell me, I

tell me, and I will ask then invite him give you-
him to write to your son sir 's son write one piece

and tell him to come (feng) letter call him to-


and fetch it to-morrow. morrow come take.
16. I am late. I come late ed.
17. When will
you go ? You what time go.
18. At whatever time you like. You like what time go, then
what time go.
19. Those two things are not the That two piece thing 's
big little

same size. not same.


20. How are they not the same ? How not same ;
all is one piece
They are both alike. kind.

9. |g] t'ung
2
, with, along with, 14. H pa 4
,
a final particle, ex-
same. pressing doubt, a com-
11. K tien 3 ,
a dot, speck, point, mand, an invitation.
comma, to dot, point. 15. ^ wan 2
, finish, end.
16. |ft
wan8 ,
late.

18. f ai*, to like, be fond of.


4
11. jj& chih8 paper.
20. H* yang kind, fashion. ,
,

*
20.
[*?* | pattern, example.
1L
5J t^ 8 }
above on to P of
>
- 1|[

11. & chao 4


8
,
look for.
20. alike, the same.
13. ft p'a , fear, expect.
68 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

21. Just go and tell him that I You just go tell him I now have
am busy now, and ask affair, ask him at where
him where he lives if I ;
lire ;
I if is to-morrow not
am not busy to-morrow I have affair I then go see
and see him.
will go him.
22. Where does he live? I don't He at where live. I not know
know where he lives now. he now at where live.

23. I mean to get up early to- I to-morrow want early get up.
morrow. You get up You day day is get up ing

early every day; please early, please you take me


call me. call get up.

24. Ifyou don't want it, suppose You not want, give me pa.
you give it to me.
25. Come here I have some- ;
Come pa ;
I have talk with you

thing to say to you. say.


26. What do you want to say ? You want say what.
27. Never you mind; you just That you not use care ; you come,
come here. all right.

28. He arrived yesterday evening ;


He yesterday late mid-day come
I have not seen him yet. ed I yet not see him.
;

29. He was not here last year; he Last year he not at here this ;

won't come here this year year he also not come he ;

either; expect he will I next year not come, expect


come the year after next if he year after next want
he doesn't come next year. come.

4
21. Jg, hsien , now, ready. wan3 late
28 5fe I evening,
4
_k shang ) afternoon.
29. 4 nien 2 year.
21 .
Q chu 4

8
, dwell, live, tight, fast.
,

23. ^L tsao , early.


3
23. $g ch'i , rise, get up.
ch'i
3
)
29. ^ chin 1

,
now.
2.". I .
2 rget up, commence.
year.

m D
2
29. ^ A _% Uextyear.
25. ^p ho with, harmonious.
,
3
28 $J wan "(evening, late
3
Hpij shang j afternoon.
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

30. I expect it will rain to-day. To-day expect want down rain.
31. That's too long; bring the That too long take hold short ;

short one here. one bring come.


32. He has grown a big lad in the This several year he grow big ed.

lastfew years.
33. Do you know the length of That board 's long short you
that board ? know not know.
34. He can't be short of money. He short cannot money.
35. I arn a few cash short ; you I short some piece cash ; you lend
might lend them to me. me pa.
give
36. How much money does he He owe you how much money.
owe you ?
37. I'll
go and borrow a few cash I go from him borrow some piece'
from him. cash.
38. This ought to be done by This is you ought do ing affair.

you.
39. He is ill and can't come. He ill ed, not can come.
40. What is the matter with him. He have what ill.
41. I don't know; all I know is I not know I only know I ;

that when I went to see yesterday early go see


him yesterday morning he him 's time he yet not get
wasn't up, and his people up; he home in 's man
said that he was ill.
say he ill ed.
42. What is his name? He name what.
43. He is an official. He is do officer ing.
44. What post does he hold? Do what officer.
45. He looks after government He care official horse.
horses.

4
35. jgf chieh borrow. ,

4
30. ~F hsia below, down.
,

3
30. flf yu rain. 1
,
36. f kai , owe, ought.
3
31. J| ch'ang2 long; chang , ,
to 1
37. g-g ken with, from, to,
follow.
-'
grow. 4
3 39. ping ill, illness.
31. & tuan short. -Iff ,
,
1
43. *|f kuan official, officer.
P anS iaboard.
,

33. ^
-jr tzu J 45. $| ma8 ,
horse.
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

46. How much do you think he I give he manage that piece


gave me for doing that affair you think he give
business for him ? me how much money lai
cho.

47. I know that man ;


he doesn't I know that piece man ;
he not
like spending money; I like money
spend ;
he
expect he didn't give you giving not much pa.
much.
48. If I had known he was that I if is know he is that fashion
sort of man I wouldn't one man, I then not give
have done it for him. him do.

49. He will certainly come sooner He early late certainly want


or later. come.
50. He never can make up his He ever not have decision.
mind.
51. You suggest something. You give me forth piece opinion.
62. Walk a little quicker if you ; Quick a little walk pa; you thus
walk as slowly as this I slow walk, fear to-day
expect we shan't get home evening arrive cannot (pu
to-night. liao) home.
53. I know what his idea was in He write this piece (feng) letter

writing this letter. I know his motive.


54. If you want it you must ask You want, must ask him ;
I not
him; I can't give you can do master.
authority.
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 61

55. You needn't ask him what You not use ask him that char-
the meaning of those acter have what meaning ;

characters is. He can't even character still not


even read; how can he recognize, he how can tell
you their meaning ?
tell you character's meaning.
56. Are you going alone, or are You is one piece man go, or is
you going with them ? with them go ?
57. Were they asked too ? Also invit ed them lo ?
58. Invited? Of course they Why yes invit ed ?

were.
59. Put the thing down. Take hold thing, place down.
60. Is there room to put it Place succeed down, place not
there ? down.
61. There is room for it. Place succeed down.
62. There is room for it. Place down ed.
63. Just reflect ;
how can he You think one think ;
he how
bring all those things can take hold thus some
back with him? Tell piece thing all carry return
him to bring back half, come. You order him
that will do. hold one half, that's it.

64. Although you say so I still You although is thus say, I yet
don't believe it. is not believe.
65. Why don't
you believe ? You why not believe.
66. Because you never speak the Because you continuously (loo)
truth. not say true talk.
67. Why did his father beat him ? He father why beat him.

2 4
55. j|i lien , even, also, together 63. ffi tai to bring or carry with

with, join. one.


4 4
55. fig jen ,
to acknowledge, con- 63. 32 pan ,
half.

fess.
64. 2
4 8
jen )
recognize, be ac- Jan
2
te j quainted with. 67. 3 fu 4 a father.
,

k'o3 isn't it? yes,


^yes,
4 I that's so, why
I
yes. common A
shih ) 4
affirmative. 67. H ch'in', a relative, self.
62 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

68. Because he is never at home. Because he continuously not at


The last time he was out home. Upper turn he
when his father called father call him 's time he
him he said he would not at home ;
he father
lower he cer-
certainly beat him
the say, turn
next time. tainly will beat him.
69. What office does Mr. Hua i
Hua lao yeh do what officer.

hold?
70. He has no office now. Now he not do officer.
71. Go and inquire if he is up, You go inquire he get up ed not
and if he is ask him to have. He if is get up ed,
come over here. you then request him cross
come.
72. He told me yesterday what He yesterday tell me he name
his name was, but I have what, I but forgot ed.
forgotten.
73. Ah ! I recollect, he said his Ah ! I recollect ed ;
he say he
name was Ch'ang. name Ch'ang.
74. Have you begun that thing That thing you make begin not
yet? have.
75. Not yet, when do you want Yet not make; you what time
it? want.
76. I want it now. I now want.
77. Will it do to-morrow? To-morrow, suit not suit.
78. It would be better if you You eat ed food then do, good.
could do it after your
dinner.
79. When Ihave had my dinner I eat ed food then come do, good
I'll come and do it. Will not good.
that be all right ?

80. That will do. Good.

3
*$ hsiane- ~) -,
68. r certain, certainly. ^ta ^',-s C remember, recall

2 8 2
69. yeh ,' father;- lao yeh ,

mister.
1 commence to do, put
73. [SJ a ,
an exclamation, a final 74 fi chi
in hand.
particle.
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

It will by this time have been discovered that there are certain
stock particles, or grammatical indicators, that govern the construc-
tion of a Chinese sentence. The mode of their use would be simple
enough to learn if it were invariable, but unfortunately it is not,
and there are so many ways of saying the same thing in Chinese
that it is difficult to lay down hard and fast rules. It is not advisable
for the student, at any rate in the earlier
stages of his career, to go
deeply into the question of Chinese grammar he will pick up the ;

rules, such as they are, as he goes along, if he will keep his eye on
the English paraphrase that is placed opposite each sentence. A
Chinese grammar elaborated on foreign lines would confuse him
considerably at the outset, as the manner in which a sentence is
constructed varies with the context. At the same time the number
of characters on which the changes are rung is comparatively few,
and if they are borne in mind their value as grammatical indicators
will soon be appreciated. In the case of verbs, the following are th< j

most important :

T
2
liao 8
1
kuo* Iai -cho i'-ching . . the past tense.

M
^SK fy\t
#& :*
TIT >T*

4 4 1
yao chiu chiang'-lai . . the future.

will then hereafter

huo* huo 4 -cho s hsii


3
yeh
s
-hsii
3
. . the subjunctive,

perhaps perhaps may or might also might

2
chiao 4 ai pei
4
shou 4 . . indicators of passive verbs

cause suffer suffer receive, endure


64 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

The mode of their use will be seen in the following illus-

trations :

ACTIVE VOICE.
8
37 ta to beat.
, $jj kou 8 a dog.
,

Indicative. Subjunctive.

PRESENT.

[ beat the dog. I may beat the dog.

ft ft m to ft tr ft
I beat dog. I beat
may dog
3fc ~oRi ^f Tgf 4rr jffet
IK J5C ^e dc ?J jflj

I perhaps will beat dog.

I may want beat dog.

ft f& ff tr
dog I may beat,

dog may beat.

IMPERFECT.

/ beat the dog. I might beat (he dog.

n tr T $i T
I beat ed dog lo. I beat
might dog.

f$ is $0 tr T n w IE ^j tr T
I take beat
dog ed. I might take dog beat ed.

to tr ft #
I beat dog -lai cho. I perhaps would beat dog.
(or, I was beating the dog).

dog I might beat.


THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

Indicative. Subjunctive.
PERFECT.
I have beaten the dog. 7 may Tiare beaten the dog
ft fT ft ffi w ft & ft fr &
I beat en dog. dog I also might beat en.

#U ft fT T #Q ft 4ft, fl T
dog I beat ed. dog I perhaps also beat ed.

fr % w T $i a & ft fr * *
dog I also might beat lai cho.

ft & M fr 80
1
* *
I also might beat dog lai cho.

7 might have beaten the dog.

ft ft fr ^j ^ ^
I
might beat dog lai cho.

$ & ft fT #5 * ^
I also might beat dog lai cho.

I already beat ed dog lo. I perhaps also beat dog lai cho.

FUTURE.
beat the dog. 7 shall have beaten the dog.

ft 3 rr $j w ft a^ fr T
I will beat dog. dog I already beat ed.

a ifc s fr & ft ft 3 ft fr T
I then will beat dog. I this then beat
dog ed.
ffc

I
It
then
fr
beat
^u
aa to as & fr T
dog. I already then take
dog beat ed.
tt s IE ^ fr T
ffc a s ^ fr T
1 then will take dog beat lo.
I already take dog beat ed.
& JBF * s fr tm
I hereafter will beat dog.
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

CONDITIONAL.

I should beat the dog. I should have beaten the dog.

ft %L ft %9 ft %$t ^T $3
I then beat dog. I then beat dog.

ft Ifc 3 fT $J
I then will beat dog. I already then take dog beat ed.
^r* ^P^ _&* lO <V*V TJ J

I then will take dog beat ed. dog I already beat ed.

I then take dog already beat ed.

IMPERATIVE.

Beat the dog.

fr %* iP^ ffi ^J tT fig

beat dog. we take dog beat pa.

*r %> fg 3MP3 *T ^J fg
beat dog pa. we beat dog pa.

fE ffl ft" 7
take dog beat lo.

INFINITIVE.

Present. To beat, ff

Perfect. To have beaten the dog.

tr 7 #u
beat ed dog.

tt ^ *r 7
take dog beat ed.

take dog beat en lo.


THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 67

Future. To be about to beat the dog.

tr m
want beat dog.

ft 3*j fr T
want take dog beat ed.

PARTICIPLE.

Beating the dog.

tr ft
beat dog.

tr m ft
beat ing dog.*

PASSIVE VOICE.
Indicative. Subjunctive.

PRESENT.

The do*] is beaten.


The doy may be beaten.

tr T
beat ed. dog may suffer beat,
dog
ft & tT 7
dog suffer beat ed. dog perhaps will beat.

ft W A IT 7 ft & 04- A tr
dog cause man beat ed. dog may cause man beat.

ft ifc *T T m & "4 A^ tr


dog suffer beat ed. dog may cause person beat.

ft % tr T
dog receive f beat ed. dog may suffer beat.

^fc ^{n
A^c 9j\.
tli
-JUi PI
:fcr
lJ 4RI

person also may beat dog.

*
Rarely used in this connection, but in such a sentence as j& sitting
down to read, or, sitting down to look, it would be quite correct.
t Rarely used with the verb to beat.
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

Indicative. Subjunctive.
IMPERFECT.

The dog was beaten. The dog might be beaten.


'

ft] ft tT 7 H -
HP '& ft
suffer beat ed. dog may suffer beat.
dug
w A tr 7 ^ &% s P4 A tr
dog suffer man beat ed. dog perhaps will cause man beat.
$j Pt A tr 7 m & t? P* tr A T
dog cause man beat ed. dog also may cause man beat ed.

3) & 7 tr 7
dog suffer ed beat ed.
person also may take dog beat ed.

m & if & tr
dog also may suffer beat.

ffl &:! is want beat


tr ft
dog perhaps ing.

PERFECT.

T/ie <iogr
has been beaten. The dog may have been beaten.

ffl & tr- 7 A ft IT ffl ^ tT 7


dog suffer beat ed. person may take dog beat ed

tfe 7 tr 7 m 4 ft 1: P* A tT 7
; suffer ed beat lo dog also may is cause man beat ed.

#U P* A tT 7 $J ^^ Ji HI 7 tT 7
dog cause man beat til.
dog perhaps is suffer ed beat ed.

$i ifc tr 7 |
fj ft & & n 7
dog suffer beat ed. |
dog perhaps is suffer beat ed.

$JfA^tT7 suffer beat


ffl ft tT 7
dog person ed. dog perhaps beat ed.

w & ft HI tr & 7
dog also perhaps suffer ed beat ed.
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 69

Indicative. Subjunctive.

PLUPERFECT.

The dog had "been beaten. The dog might have been beaten.

(As in the Perfect.) (As in the Perfect.)

FUTURE.

TJie dog will be beaten.

dog will suffer beat.

I* ft .
tfe IT 1
dog will suffer beat ed.

dog then will suffer beat.

*fc ^ *r m 7
then will beat dog lo.

* IT fc
then beat dog.

dog hereafter will beat.

CONDITIONAL.

^ would be beaten. TAe dogr would have been beaten.

(As above.) w tt ^ T tr T
dog then suffer ed beat ed.

9fc S P
4 A IT T
dog then will cause man beat ed.

*a it *fe_L tr T
dog then suffer beat ed.
70 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

IMPERATIVE.

Let the dog be beaten.

ft M. A tT %>
then call man beat dog.

cause dog suffer beat.

INFINITIVE.

To be beaten.

suffer beat, suffer beat, suffer beat.

To have been beaten.

$ 7 fT 7 Ifc *T 7 ^ ?T 7
suffer ed beat ed, suffer beat ed, suffer beat ed.

To be about to be beaten.

K te *r T s fr
want suffer beat ed, want suffer beat.

One or other of the above forms, if correctly applied, will suffice to

reproduce any mood or tense of the verb that is likely to present


itself. If the student will keep these in mind, and will take note of
the few hints that follow, he need not trouble himself for some time
to come with the intricacies of Chinese
grammar.
Note that the pronoun " it " is very seldom used. could say, We
}E 4tfe ^
2fc. "bring it here," but in ninety-nine cases out of a
hundred |p 3$$ would, be sufficient.
The conjunction "and" is not often required. In the sentence
"
you and I are invited," the Chinese would commonly say, ffc %$ ^
t T> "you I all invited."
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

The equivalent "and," when


2
for it is used, is [gj, t'ung "with"; ,

2 " " " " "


ij|, lien , together with ; or, as above, ;g|J,
all or both."

Degrees of comparison are worked with one or other of the follow-


ing characters :

Lt>
fit
^
3* Hf
X, &
EX.
TW
J.R
-.SJtJlfc
ifcw *-3
HS
7*S
3 1 1 3 1 1 1 2
pi ,
to , keng , tsui', ting ,
i tien ,
hsieh , ch'iang .

compare, many, more, most, utmost, a little, some, superior.

i f@ Jfc Ufc fB F This is better than that.

?S \n Jt M> flU (3S .. This is better than that.

jS. \n F ^ T This is much better.

iS i@ 3l #? This is better still.

*! fi H ? This is the best.

j3 f JI ? This is best of all (or, very good).


oa i@ #? Hfi This is a little better.

5l fB * This is a little better.

The preposition "to" is


expressed by $1, ho', or han 4 , "with,"
4 "
or fJ, tui ,
to."

fill ^D f5 |^ ^S ^ . . . He spoke to me about it.

?& ft 4fe l& 7 & ^ Did you speak to him about it?

" "
The preposition with is
expressed by gg, ken
1
, or [gj, t'ung
2
.

f*i> EB ^ ^ You come with me.


? PJ ^
ftfe
I will go with him.

" For " kei


3 4
or ft, tai 4 .
is represented by fife, , ^, t'i ,

f$fjf)%4ifc*>I will do it for you.

fft $ 3$ 1$ You say it for


(on behalf of) me.

often forms the adverbial termination


"
gfj, ti, ly," but in a large
number of cases where "ly" is compulsory in English it is un-

necessary in Chinese. For instance, in the sentences, "the boy


writes nicely," $( ^ ^
(boy write ing nice), "he speaks $J jff

distinctly," |& 6^ fi| ^


(he speak ing distinct), the Chinese
"
^
would, like an uneducated English person, drop the ly." But, "do
it carefully/' would be expressed by $ $f ftfy f|j^.
72 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

IX.
EXAMPLES.
There is a small matter in Have one piece (chien) small affair
which I want to ask your want invite you Sir mutual

assistance. I know you are help. You Sir is piece very


a very busy man, and I did busy one man I is knowing,
not like troubling you, but originally not want trouble
there is really no help for you Sir, I but really not
it because, excepting your- have remedy, because ex-
self, there is no one who is cept ed you Sir, not have
able to manage it for me. man can give me manage.
2. That's nothing. Although I That not (mei) what. I although
am busy I would always busy, always want divide a
make time to lend you a little leisure give you Sir
hand. We are old friends, help a hurry. are old We
and you have helped me friends, you Sir help ed me
often enough. I am only how many turn, I too pleased
too pleased to take a little give you Sir put forth (ch'u)
trouble for you. a little strength.

fa chien*, a numerative of 1. !

pan*, deal with, manage,


things, matters, &c. arrange, transact.
1
3
^g hsiang , mutual, recipro- 2. ,

tsung , all, the whole,


cal, like. general, always.
^ pang 1

, help, assist.
1
2. yiin
2
divide, , parcel out,
hsiang
jj^ \ render assist- set aside.
^ pang' 2
J ance.
2. k'ung
1

, empty.
ft mang haste, hurry, busy. ,

; peV, root, origin, in fact.


8
^C pen 1 originally, as a
2
2} lai j matter of fact.
^ lao 2
, toil,
4
trouble.
tung
f|jj , move, touch. friend.
^ lao
2
\ give trouble to,
4
lo , joy, pleasure,
jjjjj tung* J put to trouble. delight,
fa
3
a way, system, law, to laugh ; yiieh 4 , music.
,
2
fa ) method, way, reme-
o pleased, glad
-f- tzu j dy. 2. ft t
t0 get the chance
p ch'u 3
^excepting, taking M ti .
"

j liao j out, deducting. 2. -ft li*, strength, force.


THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

3. Whom were you talking to You sir, just now with who speak
just DOW? That was an talk. That is piece do
4
official ;
he was the man officer one, just (chiu ) is

who went to
England last go year to England go ing
year; don't you remem- that piece man, you Sir not
ber ? You saw him at my remember ? At I home in
house. see ed (kuo) one.
4. To be sure; directly you men- N"ot wrong. You Sir one men-
tioned it I remembered. tion, I then think begin
Immediately I saw him it ed. I one see him I good
seemed to me as if I knew resemble see ed (kuo) ; one
him, but for the moment time, but forget ed at
had forgotten where it
I where see ed (kuo liaci).
was that I saw him.
5. How much did he give you You him arrange that piece
give
for doing that piece of affair he give you how
business for him ? much money lai cho.
6. If any one else were to ask If is another man ask me I cer-
me that question I cer-
tainly not tell you since
;

tainly should not tell him, take me recommend give


but as you recommended
bim, I then tell you. You
me to him I will tell you.
but don't tell another man.
Only don't tell any one
else.

1 4
3. pjij kang , just, just now. 4. /gfc hsiang , like, an image,
2
3. Hj ts'ai , then, just now. picture, photograph.

jf? hao :i
) seemed to; seem-
^
jjjfr hsiang* ) ingly.
2
3. ft shui ,
who.
2
3. kuo 2 a country. 6. JglJ pieh ,
do not, other, an-
[lH ,

other.

6, |5fc
chi 4 since.
,
2
4. $| t'i , suggest, mention, pick 4
6. Jf chien introduce, recom- ,

up.
mend.
t'i'
3 1
4. jgl ch'i > mention. J| chien* ) introduce to, re-
'
2 8
Zfclai J
-

commend to.
71 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

7. When his father was alive he He father exist (tsai) ing time he
used often to do work for often give me do work.

me, but he started a small He father die ed, he then


business after his father open ed piece small buy-
died and he doesn't do sell ;
now not act as (tang)

carpenter'^ work now. carpenter lo.

8. What o'clock is it ? By that Now how many (chi) dot bell.


clock it is half past three, to that
According piece
but it is slow. I'll
go and clock is three dot half bell,
fetch my watch from my that piece clock but slow
bedroom. I know that's lo. Wait I to recline
right, as I compared it room in go take my watch
with the church clock bring come. I know that
this morning.
piece correct lo, because I
to day early with church 's
clock compare ed one com-

pare (tui).

4 1
7. % tsai , exist, consist in (p. chung ,
a bell, clock.
37).
ch'ang
huo 2 ,
2
,

alive,
constantly, often.
a livelihood,
8.
g^
wo
Q
4
J
according
to lie
to.

8. g)^ , down, recline.


work. 2
8.
Jf fang a house, room.
ssu 3 dead, to die.
,
,

huo 2
'

cho
*
to work, to gain a
8. ^ chun
piao
3
,

3
a watch.
7L f$ tso ) 8. ip , correct, to permit.
2
fg huo ] livelihood.
8- li
3
1 jjlfi , ceremony, courtesy.
7. tang ,
act as, serve as, 4
8. ^f pai ,
to worship, visit.
ought, at the time, when. 3

g j$| li 7 Sunday, the days of


^ pai 4
3 the week, worship.

a carpenter;
8. ^ ang t
f 2
,
a hall, a large room.

HH 3

a church.
par
n
;

chi 8 t'ang j
)
8 4
8. $h tien > what o'clock ? 8. tui ,
to compare, correct,
1
fg chung ) opposite, a pair.
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 75

9. This is not as large as that. This piece not have that piece
There's very little differ- great. Two piece differ
ence between them. not much.
10. The night was so dark that I Heaven black ing, even road all

couldn't even seethe road, look (ch'iao) not see ed.


and I very nearly fell into Differ a little, not fall at
the river. river in.
11. You cannot put as large a Thus (che-mo) large 's table, thus
table as this into that (na-mo) small 's room place
small room. not down.
12. That being the case, you can Since is thus, you like how man-
manage the thing as you age then how manage.
like. You need not con- No use with your friend
sult your friend. consult.
13. I shall certainly arrive at a I four dot bell three quarter posi-

quarter to five. If by any tive come. Ten thousand


chance I delayed from am one, have what business
any cause I will send a take delay ed, I then me
man with a message to despatch une piece man give
you. you send piece message.

9. 3H ch'a', to differ, error, mis-


11. ', t a room.
take. tzu )
1

IH ch'a
1

~|
12. ]gj shang ,
to consult, a
9. ^ to
pu
4

1
> nearly, almost. merchant.
2
J 12. to measure, esti-
j| liang ,

10. H hei', black, dark. mate.


10. Bit ch'iao
2
, look, look at, see. _
" discuss, consider

in Bt ch'iao 2 12.
1U -
4
j| chien 4
a quarter of an hour,
10. ^ tiao
4
,
to fall. 13. J|lJ
k'o
to carve.
,

& hsia )
tiao
4
an
10. "j*"
2
4
> to fall from above, 13. 5 j^ f
*f ^7 anv chance.
^lai 4 )
10.
^tiao 4 )
f hsia [to fall down below.
13.
^ ^ ] to delay, hinder.
^ ho a)ch'ii
2
4 13. ^ to put fa
1
break
, forth, out.

10. fpj ,
river. ID
L6 tT 1 send, despatch on an
t ft3
'

% fa errand. 1
>

U.W^'}.UbU 13. ^ sung 4


, give, send, escort.
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

14. My finger is dreadfully pain-


I finger pain ing dreadful. Yes-
ful. I gave it a knock terday evening I knock ed
last night, and it pained
one time (i hsia'rh), pain
me so all night that I ingl, one night sleep (shui)
could not get to sleep. not succeed (chao) lo.

15. What are you pointing at ? You point what.


16. Don't buy that bottle; it's Don't buy that piece bottle ; have
got a flaw in it. A small flaw. Like that piece
flaw like that doesn't mat- fashion 's flaw not import-
ter. Just see how beau- ant. You look (cli'iao)

tifully those flowers are that flower draw ing many


drawn, and the colours are as (to mo) good look (k'an).

very good. A jar like Colour also good. Like


that, although it has a that fashion one jar,
flaw in it, is worth a great although have flaw, also
deal more than he asks compare he want ing that
for it. piece price worth many lo.

3
14. chili , point at, point out, 16. a bottle, a vase.
indicate.
2
16. mao a , hair, fur.
2
inao ) a flaw, a fault, a de-
16.
14. ^ t'eng
2
, sore, painful, to be ping
4
) feet in character.

deeply attached to. 16. chin*, tight, pressing,


4
14. flj li interest, close.
gain,
, profit,
acute.
16.
14 ^ hai 4
4
,
to injure, injury.
li dreadful, terrible, hua 1

) a flower, flowers
14.
g hai 4 ]
5 dangerous, severe.
16. 'fa
fj
'rh ) hua', to
;

4
14-. |ffi p'eng ,
to hit, knock, 16. hua 4 ,
to draw, paint,

bump against. hua4 ) a a paint-


16. picture,
'rh ) ing.
14. blow, a turn, a
7- time. 16.

14.
u.
^
m yeh
4

4
, night. 16. Jfc pi
s
,
to compare, compared
shui , to sleep. with.
4
shui to go to bed, to go
|
chiao4 5 to sleep, 16. price, cost.
sleeping.
shui4 ) to be asleep, to go 8
14 16 chih to be worth.
chao 2
,

> off to sleep.


THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 77

We two are friends of long We two piece man have many


standing. When he lived year's friendship. He at
in the Capital we used to Capital city live ing time
see each other constantly. we is constantly see face
The year before last he ing. Before year he to
went to live in the coun- country go live, distant
try some fifty or more from here have fifty more
li from here, and now we li ;
now we not great con-
don't often meet. I pro- stantly meet. I next year

pose to go and see him spring day propose go


next spring and to bring summer day take
see him,
him back with me in the (pa) him bring (tai) re-
summer. When autumn turn come. Arrive ed
comes, I shall see. If he autumn day, see (ch'iao).
won't spend the winter He if not at I here pass
with me
here, I shall go winter, I then with (t'ung)
back with him. I won't him together return go.
be separated from him I again not separate from

again. him.

3
chiao 1

,
to deliver, hand 17. J| li ,
a Chinese mile; twenty
over to, interchange. Chinese //
equal seven
English miles

ching ,
a metropolis.
2
ch'eng a walled city or ,

town, the wall of a city. 17. ffi suan*, to count, reckon.


3
, _ f7 ta ) to propose, calcu-
j|[ suan 4 ) late.

4
17. jg mien , face, surface.
}
2
17. {jjt
li ,
to separate from, apart

from, distant from.


3
$| li
i to be apart, keep
1
17. V apart, separate
4
'ai
1
) from, leave. 17. .f| tsai , again, a second time.
78 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

18. If you have any dealings with You if with that piece man have
that man I advise you to what affair, I advise you
be a little cautious. Out- retain a little heart. Out
wardly he is very friendly, face very harmonious,
but at heart he is dan- heart in but dangerous

gerous. I've run foul of (li hai). I bump e.l (kuo)


him so I know his dis- his nail, therefore I know
position. his disposition.
19. Is that a quiet horse? If That piece horse quiet not quiet.
you ride him constantly You if constantly ride
and keep him short of him, few feed him grain,
corn, any one can ride him, what man all can ride.
but if you give him too You if many feed him
much corn, or keep him corn, or two three day
in the stable for two or put at stable in. not ride,
three days without riding he then will show temper.
him, he will show temper.

4
18. H|| ch'iian , advise, urge, re- ^ lao 3
i
quiet, steady, hon-
commend, exhort. 19. es t, simple-
18. JU liu'
2
, retain, detain, keep. ^ shih 2
) minded.

18.
jg liu
2

I
>
keep back, retain,
detain, a remain-
19. ^ 4
ch'i
2
,
to ride.
19. H| wei to feed an animal,
f hsia 4

1
j der.
,

to feed an infant or in-


18 fo hsin ,
the heart, valid.
g liu
2

| pay attention, take |H liang


2
) grain, corn, fodder,
> hsin' ) care. 19. shih 2
4
"feed"; ,

wai )
outwardly, the shih 2
jr\.
4 J )
food, eat.
H] mien j outer surface. 4
2
19. ft hao mark, , label, style.
o |P ho harmoni- )
i

i& ch'i j
friendly,
4
ous, affable.
19. ^ huo 4
, either, or.

19.
I
to get a rap over 19. H chiian 4 ,
a coop, pen, en-
1

the circle ch'iian a circle.


knuckles, ; ,

3
get bitten, have iq
iy Jima a stable.
g
'
4
an unpleasant chiian
tzu J
experience. 19. nao 4 ,
to make a disturb-
3
18. j^jt
i
,
according to, take, use. ance, scold, make a noise,
3 3
0f so 7 therefore so that show temper.
jg '
1
; ,

J01 i 3 which, place. [ID nao 4 to show temper,


1 1
I (
.1 -\ 2
1
,j
19. J]|i p'i > get nasty, be^dis-
18.
g ^<^ j
temper, disposition.
M ch'i
4
J agreeable.
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 79

20. If the weather is fine on Below Sunday six, weather if

Saturday next I propose good lo, I propose sit

to take the forenoon train upper half day's fire

to Peking, spend the carriage to North Capital


Sunday there, and come go. At there pass Sunday;
back on Monday after- Sunday one, lower half
noon. day, return come.
21 . Where are you going to stop in At Peking what place live. I

Peking ? I have a relative there have relative. I


there. I wrote him
to yesterday give him write
yesterday to ask him if ed one piece (feng) letter
he has a room disengaged. ask him have disengaged
If he has room I shall stay room not have. He if
at his house, but if he has have place, I then at his
not, the only thing I can house live. He if not

do, I suppose, is to stop have place, only good at


at the hotel. stranger inn in live pa.

22. Is there any news in this To-day early 's new hear paper
morning's paper ? There have new hear not have.
is no particular news. Not have what new hear.

91u H ch'in 1
) a relative, rela-
JE& ch'i* ) tives.

hsien5,
20. ^ huo 3
,
fire.
21. fig unoccupied, at

leisure, vacant.
20.
^ k'A* (
ra ^ wa y 21. ,
chin 3 only.
3
,

01 |3 chih ) the only thing to


20. ^t pei
:i

north. 2L 3
'

,
hao do.
4
21. k'o , guest, stranger,
visitor.
4
21. ftjj
ti
4
, ground, land, the 21. r^ tien inn, hotel. ,

earth. 22. $f hsin ,


new.
22. fjfl
wen 2 ,
to hear, to smell.
1
bsin \

22. wen 2 >>a newspaper.


1
21. ^f fang , square. chih'j
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

23. What is the market rate of I


To-day silver what market rate.

silver to-day? I have I yet not hear say. After


not yet heard, but I am half day I by (to) silver

passing the Bank this establishment pass. I


afternoon and 1 will go in then enter go inquire
and inquire. inquire.
24. If you are going to the Bank You Sir if is to Bank go, trouble
may I trouble you to you Sir's chariot, take this
change this Bank note for silver note give me change
me? cash.
25. What kind of money do you You Sir want what kind one
want ? Taels or dollars ? money. Is want silver,
is want foreign (ocean)
money.
26. What is the most convenient At here employ what kind one
form of money to use money convenient.
here?

2
lao
1 (trouble chariot) ;
24. V may I trouble
4
23. fa hang
2
,
a mercantile estab- chia j you ? thank you.
24. Iman4 to ex-
lishment, house of busi- , change,
ness. change.
4
2
p'iao ) a ticket, a bank
23. fa hang another form of the
, 24.
tzii ) note.
foregoing. 1

4 yin
>2
"'a bank note for
23. TfJ shih ,
a market. 24. 4
p'iao silver.
2
23. the market rate. 25. yang the ocean, foreign.
,

25. k'uai 4 a bit, a piece.


,

23 - y
fa hang*
23 jfi
chin 4 to advance, enter.
,

2
ch'ien
26. shih8 ,
to use, employ.
i jjt chin 4 ) to come in, come cause.
*'
^ lai
2
) in. 26. pieu
4
, convenient, handy
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 81

27. Dollars of course are the Of course is foreign money con-

most convenient. For venient. At shop in buy


buying odds and ends at odds and endsthing,
the shops people always people all is use foreign
use dollars. Silver is money. Silver, great half

mostly used for business is do large buy sell use


transactions of a large ing.
kind.
28. We are going for a two or We afterday to country go
three days' trip into the ramble two three day,
country the day after want carry some eat ing.
to-morrow, and we want Order cook prepare several
to take some eatables kind food (vegetables).
with us. Tell the cook
to get some provisions
ready.
-What sort of provisions You Sir, want what kind 's

do you want, Sir ? food.


29. Tell Mm
to boil a chicken or Order him boil one two piece
two, to roast a piece of little chicken, roast one
beef and to make four bit ox meat, make four
or five bottles of soup. five bottle soup. We also
We shall also want some want eggs, some (chi) kind
82 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

30. In hot weather like this, Sir, Weather thus hot, mister (lao
I should not take many yeh) few carry eat ing
eatables, for what you good. Top one day not eat
don't finish on the first finish ed one, number two

day will be bad on the day then spoiled. Still is


second. It would be road on according want
buy things as you
better to according buy, good.
want them along the road.
31. I am thirsty. Bring me I thirsty ed. Give me bring air
some soda water. Will water come. Mister is

you drink it plain, Sir, or single drink, or is mix


mixed with wine? If wine drink. If is have
there is any red wine I'll red wine I then mix a
mix a little with it. little.

32. Bring me my tobacco Take my tobacco pouch tobacco


pouch and my pipe. I pipe bring come. Also
want some matches too. want come fire.
self
33. This tea is very weak where ;
This tea very weak tea leaf is ;

was it bought ? It wasn't at where buy ing tea leaf ;

bought Mr. Shih sent it


;
not is buy ing; is Shih
to you as a present, and lao yeh send you Sir ing,
asked you to try it and invite you Sir try a try,
see if you like it. look look good not good.
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

34. If you are going to the Post You Sir if is to letter establish-

Office, may I trouble you ment go, trouble you Sir


while you are about it to chariot, while about h(chiu

buy me a dollar's worth of


l
shou rh) give me buy one
postage stamps ? piece money 's letter ticket.
35 May I trouble you to mention You Sir below turn see him's time,
that affair of mine when expend you Sir heart, take
next you see him ? I that piece affair mention
a mention.
36. Make your mind I Let go heart. Forget cannot
easy.
shan't forget it. (pu liao).
37. I am so much obliged for all You Sir thus give me expend
the trouble you have taken trouble, many thank 's

for me. very.


38. What time do you go to the You Sir day day what time to
office
every day ? There's office go. Not have posi-
no certain time. If there tive time. Affair many,
is
plenty to do I go early ; early a little go ; affair
if there is not much doing few, late a little go. Not
I go late. There is no- have man control me. Hike
body to control me, and I what time then what
go,
can go when I like and time what time
go, like
leave when I like. I suit walk, then what time walk.
my own convenience. All is follow (sui) iny
convenience (pien).
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 85

39. The manager of that shop That shop in control till one
used to be compradore in formerly foreign is firm
a foreign firm. Last year {ycmg-hang) in 's com-
they dispensed with his pradore. Last year, not
services for some reason know what cause, not
or other. He had a want him ed. He have
little capital, and so he a little root money, then
started in business. do commence buy -sell
come ed.
40. It does not matter about the High low not important, broad
height, but the breadth is narrow but is important
important. If it is 'too one. Too broad lo, then
wide you won't be able to put not enter go ;
too
place it inside. If it is too narrow lo, then loose lo.

narrow it will be loose.


41. Why do you wear such thin Day thus cold you for what
clothes on a cold day like wear thus thin one
this ? Aren't you afraid clothes. You not fear
of catching cold ? catch cool ?

1 5
39. $i p'u ,
to spread out, spread. *$ yiian
39. 4 cause, reason.
tifcku
39. 1 a
P^*] shop (see 27).
3
pen )
;
capital, prime
39. $ chang 3 the palm ,
of the ^ ch'ien 2
; cost.

hand, to control.
40. ^ kao',
high, tall, eminent.

39. ffiF kuei 1 a chest, safe, cup-


,
40. ^ ai
3
low.
, short,

board. 40.
3
chang ^ the proprietor or
I

I ^'1 height
39. kuei 4 > manager of a
40. ^ k'uan broad. ;t
1

ti
40. y& chai , narrow, straitened.
) shop.
2
ts'ung , from, to follow.
1

formerly, 40. f^| sung ,


to loose, loose, slack.
40. |J& lo, another form of the
mar
39. compradore. final lo.
2
2
41. j$ pao ,
thin.
39. yiian origin, cause, 41. ^ Hang 2
,
cool.

| ^1
affinity.
4
41. to catch cold.
39. ku ,
cause.
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

42. It is blowing from the Blow west north wind lo. Not
north-west. expect I it arrive dark, expect want
will rain before dark. down rain.

43. That's not at all certain. That also not certain. Blow
With a north-west wind west north wind, here not
it doesn't often rain here. great down rain. Carry
The rainy wind comes rain 's wind is east south
from the south-east. wind.
44. Excuse me, can you tell Sir, Borrow rays. Please ask, from
me how far it is from here here to province city have
to the provincial capital ? many far.

45. It is not very far, but the Far, is not very far, only is big
main road is bad. If road not good walk. If

you follow this small following this small road


road it is much nearer. walk, then near many lo ;

Carts can also go that carts also walk succeed


way. liao.

46. Let me introduce you two I give you two gentlemen see a
gentlemen to each other. see. This is Kuan ta
This is His Excellency jen, this ta lao yeh.is Lo
Kuan ; this is Lo ta lao Long (chin} look up to,
yeh. Happy to meet you, long look up to.
Sir.

42. ja feng ,
wind. 44. a province, to save,
economise.
a H
42. to blow, a breeze. a provincial capi-
sheng ")

j|f*n gl } tal.
1
ch'engM
49 ja hei ) at dark, after dark,
45. shun 4 fair ,(of wind, tide,
darkness.
&c.), to follow, docile.
shun 4 ")
following (a route >
42 dark. 45.
'lhei"' nigK } cho j doctrine, &c.).
chin 4 near.
43. ^ nan 2
,
south. 45.
46.
,

44. ft kuang', rays, wei*, gentleman.


brightness,
46 chiu 3 a long time.
,

light, bare, only.


4
46.
yang^ to look up to.
fff chieh "Nexcuse me, allow chiu 3 \ I have long looked
AA L me ; can you /
up to you, happy
46.
f inform me ? to make yous
|
1
J 3
ft kuang (borrow light). yang /
acquaintance.
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 87

47. You will save money if you Coal if is complete cart 's
buy,
buy coal by the cart- then save money.
load.
48. With a fair wind and tide Follow wind, follow water, short
you will get there in a time then arrive ed.
very short time.
49. Those two are brothers. That two piece men is brothers.
The elder brother is called Elder brother call Ta
Ta Shun-tzu, and the Shun-tzu, younger brother
call Hsiao Shun-tzu. Still
younger one Hsiao Shun-
tzu. There is one elder have one piece elder
sister and two younger two piece younger
sister,
ones. The brothers come sister. Middle is they
in the middle. brothers two piece.
50. That wine glass is not clean. That wine cup not clean. I tell
How often have I told you how many turn, wash
you that after you have finish ed glass cup must
washed the glasses you take rub cloth rub dry
must wipe them dry with ed.
a duster?

47. $ mei 2 coal.


,
49. 1 3 an elder sister.
47. ^ ch'eng 2
complete, accom-
,
;
[

plish, a fraction, a tenth 49.


j*
part. 1
49. chung centre, middle,
.
$ 1
2
ch'eng ] by the cart-load, inside ;
,

chung
4
,
to hit the
'^ich'e j by the full cart. mark.
1

chung ) the middle, in


1
chien ) the middle.
1

pei ,
a cup, tumbler, glass.
kan 1

, dry.

ther. 3
50. (5t hsi , to wash.
po' 7 i
49. ki an elder brother. 50.
j| ] H jj, j
glass.

4Q
4y> 5U1
^"'o.i )
S1
,
50. ^ ts'a
4
1

,
to rub.

cloth, a sloth.
1
ft mei j 50. ^r pu ,
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

won't cut this My knife cut not complete (liao)


51. My knife
thick string. Lend me this fashion one big
yours, will you? The j
string. You take yours
one I gave you on your lend give me pa ; just is

last birthday. Don't talk you year born day last

about it! Unfortunately I give you ing that piece


j

I've lost it. How did (pa) knife. Don't men-

you manage that? I tion, unfortunately lose


don't know, but I fancy I ed. You how lose ing.
must have lost it when I Not know, fear is Sunday
went to the barber's shop three to shave head shop
on Wednesday to have my in go cut hair that one
bair cut. I know posi- day lose ing. I positively
tively that I had it on know, Sunday three, upper
Wednesday morning, half day have lai cho,

my thumb
because I cut because I employ ed pare
when I was using it to pencil lai cho, take big

sharpen a pencil. The thumb finger cut broke ed.


next time I wanted to Lower turn want use ing
use it I hadn't got it, and time not have ed. I good
I have a sort of recollec- resemble remember I at
tion that I took it out at shave head shop in bring
the barber's to pare my out come, pare finger nail,
nails and I fancy I left it fear leave behind ed. 1

2
51. jjjlj
la ,
to cut. IftlJ t'i*, to shave (the head).
2
f chiao 3 to cut with scissors
51. sheng ,

tzu string, rope, cord. or shears.


fj|
3
51. -If hsi
1

, pity.
$j fa the hair of the head.
,

2
3
to be y t'ou ) the Lair of the
*r k'o
^ unfortunately, 3
head.
51. > if| fa )
pitied, deserving 1

hsi )
1
of pity. ^lj hsiao ,
to pare.
3
k'os HE pi ,
a Chinese pencil, a pen.
hsi
1
ffi mu 3
,
the thumb.
3
51. r liao
1

unfortunately. |jjp'o ) broken, a cut or


'rh f liao ) broken skin.
ti 2
$f chih ")the nails, nail of
51. tiu', to lose. ^ chia )
:i

the finger or toe.


THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

behind. I went back to return to shave head shop

the barber's to inquire if in go, ask them see


ed not have, they
they had seen it, and (ch'iao)
all declared all say not see. Although
they they
is thus speak, fear is they
hadn't, but although they
said so I expect one of employes steal ed go lo.

the employes stole it.


52. Find me a piece of wood. It You give me seek one piece wood
must be about five feet come. Must above below
long and three inches thick. five feet long, three inch
A short piece won't do. thick. Short one not suit.

53. That man is a very fair That piece man very have a little

scholar, and his composi- learning, pen ink on also


tion is passable, but his passable (pa-/iao), only
memory is bad and his is remember disposition
hand-writing cannot be not good ;
character write
called first-class. ing also not reckon ten
parts good.
54. What book are you reading? You look ing is what book. I
I am reading a French look French book. Ah,
book. Oh, do you under- you still understand
stand French? I wouldn't French talk? Not ven-

la
4
~} to leave out or be-
4
KQ
d<
^ hsiieh
wen 4
2
")
learning, erudi-
51. hind; Zuo to perch,
, fp^ j tion.
lisia ) alight. 53. g mo 4
,
ink.
huo 3 a partner, mate, 1
^
em- 53. ^ Pmo composition.
51.
4
companion, ^ 4
)
r
r
It chi )
51. t'ou
1
to steal.
ploye. 53. ^ hsing 4

, disposition.
,
to IB, chi*
3
52. ch'ih ,
a foot, foot measure.

shang
4
")
about, more or 53. ^^ nl a potion, a tenth
T hsia 4
) less.
part, to divide, a minute.
4 1
52. -^ ts'un ,
an inch. 54. shu ,
a book.

52. FT
ch'ih
ts'un 4 j
2
") linear
ment.
measure-
54.
g ^ j
to read a book.

53. ^ hsiieh 2
,
to learn ; hsiao*, to
54
a
France French-
imitate. -lk uo 2
}
'
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

venture to say that I ture say understand


understand French, I only French talk, also only is
know a little. Will you know a little. You take
read a few sentences aloud few sentence recite give
to me ? 1 should like to me listen pa. I want
hear what it sounds like. listen listen that sound
how fashion.
55. You have not been to see me This good some piece month you
for several months. What not come see me, is what
is the reason of that ? Is cause. Is I offend ed you
it because I have offended lo? Don't speak that

you ? Don't talk like piece talk. You where


that ! How could you offend ed me lo. Only is

offend me? It's only because I busy ing dread-


becauseI am terribly busy fully, even I self home in
and haven't even time to 's affair all not have
attend to my own domestic leisure manage. From
affairs. When I come yamen return come ing
back from the office I am time I tire ing dreadful,
so tired that I don't feel in- even food all not think

clined even to eat, and what eat. Please ask, I where


time, I ask you, have I got have leisure see (ch'iao)
to look up my friends ? friend go.
56. I say ! where are you shoving Ai, this is towards where shove.
to? You've trodden on Tread ed I foot finger lo.

3
54. $r kan to dare, venture.
,
55. 4
54. chii
4
a sentence. tsui
>fj) ,

54. ^ nien 4
,
to recite, read aloud, 55. |? , a \ one's self.
study.

54. to study.

54. 1 56. an exclamation of


sheng , sound, tone.
54. 1 regret or remonstrance.
yin , note, sound. 3
56. wang , towards, to go.
54. sound, tone, note. 3
to push, shove, crowd.
56. $| chi ,

3
55. tsui
4
fault,
56. ts'ai ,
to tread on
, crime, sin, jj!jt

punishment, penalty. 56. JPJ chiao 3 , the foot.


92 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

than twice as much as the piece money, more one fold


cost of the boy's keep. lo.

58. The train starts at twenty That fire cart three dot one
minutes past three. The quarter five open. Bag-
baggage must be ready by gage, three dot less ten
ten minutes to three, as the minutes all must prepare

carriage will be at the good ed, because horse cart


door then, and it will take then is at that piece time
a quarter of an hour to arrive door mouth lo. Sit
drive to the station. horse cart arrive cart
station must one quarter 's
time (kung fu").
59. When you told him that joke You tell him that piece smile
what did he say? He talk, he say what. He
didn't say anything : he not say what, he only
only laughed. laugh ed.
<>0. Chinese is indeed difficult to Chinese talk true difficult learn.

learn. European lan- West country talk easy


guages are much easier. many lo.
3
57. | yang ,
to nourish, rear, 58. $ chan 4 ,
to stand still,
raise. stationary.

Hyang^to bring up, a railway 8tatioa -

t-rj I nourish, keep


U i , f , i
*

I
(as horses, a 58. Jl kung
1
,
work.
huo* y family, &c.).
ffi 58. fu', a man, a labouring
1
57. 71 4
-
[ one fold, double,
man.
la pei ) 1

3 kung jwork, labour,


fc huo ^ fire
carriage, a fu
1

) leisure, time.
58. railway carriage,
1 59. hsiao 4 to smile. ,

IJL ch'S ) railway train.


1
hsiao 4 ) to chaff, make fun
58. k'ai to start (as a train, 59>
=g hua*
,
} of.
steamer, &c.).
58. ^ li
3
a plum. 59. |g hua
4
C a joke.

58.
a'rh )
baggage, luggage. 59. * lo
4
to laugh, be pleased.
,

58. p k'ou 3 a mouth, gap.


2
, 60. H nan 2
,
difficult.

I.Q P^ men ) a doorway, thres-


68 '

p k'ou'j hold.
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

61. You are the most difficult to Five piece child most (tsui, or

manage of all the five ting) difficult control one,


children. then is you.
62. When I was passing his I by his door mouth pass, his-
gate his dog ran out and dog run forth come ed,
bit me. After a few days take I leg bite ed one
my leg began to swell, time ( hsia'rh). Pass ed
and I sent for the doctor two (Hang) day, that leg
to look at it. He said then swell begin ed.
it wasn't serious and told Invite ed doctor come-
me to rubon some remedy look a look (ch'iao), he
which he gave me. Sure say not important, order
enough it didn't pain me me take he give I ing a
on the second day, and on little medicine rub on.
the fourth day it was Sure enough, number
quite well. two day then not pain ed,
arrive ed number four
day, then great well ed.
63. Take those thick clothes, Take hold that thick clothes,
pack them in a bag and pack at bag in side,
carry them to the tailor. carry to tailor there go.
Tell him that the coat Tell him that coat nut
doesn't fit and he must proper, must alter. That

4
61. ;|| tsui , very, most. 63. |f: hou 4 ,
thick.
3 1
61. ]J| ting top, summit, very. , 63. chuang ,
to pack.
3
62. $gj p'ao , to run, gallop.
3
62. fli!
t'ui ,
the leg.
3 3
62. P* yao ,
to bite, bark. 63. ts'ai ,
to cut out.
3 2
62. jjig chung ,
to swell. 63. fng , to sew.
3

62.
Sj^S }
swollen.

4
62.
^l 4
}
a doctor.

62. H| yao , medicine, drugs. 63. ho 2 in harmony with.


,

62. ffi mo 3 ,
to rub on, rub out. ho ;
~} to
fit, suit, be ID
3
f).> S
"HA. kan )
v OTI
63. > accordance with
shih 4 ) pattern.
94 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

alter it. The waistcoat waistcoat, trousers, also


and trousers, too, are not not correct. Trousers too
right ; the trousers are long, waistcoat too short.
too long and the waistcoat Two piece all must alter.

is too short. They must


both be altered.
64. This is strange. "You were This strange lo. You yesterday
quite well yesterday ; good good ly (ti), to-day
how is it you are ill how then ill ed. I not

to-day ? I don't know how know how obtain ing.


I got ill. I expect I must Fear is
yesterday evening
have caught cold last catch ed cool ed. After

night. was very hot It half day very hot, go out


in the afternoon and so door's time then wear ed
when I went out I put on thin clothes lo. Arrive
thin clothes. At eight ed evening eight dot bell,
o'clock in the evening it suddenly then cool com-
suddenly turned chilly. mence ed. At (tang) time
I felt a little uncomfort- then have a little not
able the time, but I
at comfortable, but not great
didn't think much of it, pay heed. To-day early
and this morning when I sleep awake ed, throat
woke my throat was sore then sore, full body put

63. & kai 3


,
to alter. aA
61
? shu 1

3
) ,. ,

comfortable
1 1
-

63. jjfc
k an s ,
to cut, as with a !t<an i
3
sword. 64. Jg li ,
to heed, notice.
1
63. J^ chien ,
the shoulder.
64.

64.
H ^
hsing
|
3
to

,
pay attention.
to awake.

63.
^} 2
trousers. 64 awake.

ch'i ) ,

4 f
strange. from

64. suddenly,
the throat.
at the ti
man 1 ,
full.
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 95

and I felt burning all forth (fa) burn. I propose


over. I think I'll lie lie down a lie down, cover
down for a bit with a on counterpane, late half
quilt over me and I shall day probably well ed pa. \

probably be better by the


If still not well, I eat

evening. If I am not, I'll one dose medicine that's


take a dose of medicine. it.

65. Mr. Li was formerly a mili- Li lao-yeh formerly do military


tary official, but he was officer lai clio. Because
obliged to give up in con- eye not good ed, not have
sequence of failing eye- remedy, then not do officer.
T
sight. He now lives in a Te now distant from north

village not far from the Capital south gate not far
south gate of Peking. ly one piece village in live.
66. The Emperor goes out of the Emperor to-morrow forth Imperial
palace to-morrow, and the palace. Pass ing that
shop-keepers on both sides street two side 's shop all
of the streets through
must close door.
which he passes have to
close their shops.

shen 1

,
or shen-tzu, the 65. jj
wu 3
, military.
tzu. body. VU
64. shao 1

,
to burn. 65. S
T*
i
kuan i f
)
a military officer.

^'
.
^ shao fa
1
) to feel burning, to RH. trm
^ 4

3
) be feverish. 65. I

64. | fang to lie down. ,

4
64. I? kai to cover, to build. ,

M
64.
f {} 4
a cove,
66. ^ huang 4
2
j
the Emperor, an
64. |j pei ,
to suffer, endure. _t shang ) emperor.
04. 3U wo
1

a nest, lair.
, -^ huang
2
") an Imperial
A i
4
P 6 * j a quilt, the upper f kung
1
j Palace.

64.
ti W(>1 $
4
covering of a bed.
kai all, the whole:
66. ^ chieh 1

,
a street.
;[JJE ,

the ^ p'ang 2
, side, lateral.
^ ^ kai '
;
ta*
4
")

)
probably,
general outline.
66. pien edge,
jj|
1

, side, margin.
6i. ifij chi', a dose. ^ p'ang the 1
7 side, at the

i
1
it pieri 3 side.
4
)
64. Hj chi a dose of medicine.
[ 66. both side.
m yao')
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

67. He doesn't like spending He not like spend money. He if

money. If any one goes is with (t'ung) people go


out on an excursion with out ramble go, arrive ed
him, when it comes to give money 's time, he
paying he always tries to always want think remedy
make the other man pay. call that piece man give-
money.
68. I am going out in the carriage I to-day after half day sit cart-

this afternoon to
pay visits. salute stranger go. Tell
Tell the servant that he servant he must follow ing
must come with me and me go, and (hai*) must
bring my visiting cards cany name slip. He is

with him. Is he to walk, walk, ah, still is ride horse


or follow you on horseback, follow ing (cho) you Sir go.
Sir? He can walk by the He can at cart side walk.
side of the carriage. I'm I go ing not far.

not going very far.

69. The sun is very hot, don't sit Sun very hot ;
don't at sun
in the sun. There is ground in sit. Tree below
shade under the tree ; why have shade. Why not at
don't you sit there ? there sit.
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 97

Mention has been made at the close of Section VII. of the value of
the observance of conventionalities when conversing with Chinese.
The student, if he is in China, will at this stage no doubt wish to
try the effect of what he has learnt upon the native, but if he fires
off a prepared sentence abruptly upon a stranger the chances are
that his remark will be greeted with a stare of bewilderment. In
nine cases out of ten the Chinese addressed will not give the speaker
the credit of being able to speak the language and will, on the spur
of the moment, take it for granted that the remark addressed to him
is in the language of the foreigner and therefore must be unintelligible.
If,however, the remark is introduced by a ceremonial bow, or if a
question is prefaced with ff| ft chiefr kuang "borrow light;"
1

, ff

"
4
fp^ ch'ing* wen , "may I be permitted to ask," or jfg ^lao* chief,
trouble your chariot," etc., the effect will be very different, for the

person addressed will have his attention arrested, he will realize that
the foreigner knows the laws of politeness, and the remark that
follows will almost always be understood.
H
98 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

The un desirability of the indiscriminate use of fjfc you, instead of


(&> or f $i> y u 8^ r nas alrea dy been called attention to. A few
other hints on etiquette profitably be added.
may
Always rise to receive a visitor of any but markedly lower standing,
and never sit down again until your visitor has been invited to sit
and has taken his seat.
visitor into or out of a room, and when greeting
Never precede a
him, or taking leave of him, or when asking a question of a stranger,
any one who is wearing spectacles should remove them.
When meeting a friend, if you are riding or are seated in a carriage,
etiquette demands that you
should get down, but in order to save

your friend the trouble of doing the same thing it is desirable to


pretend not to see him. This is the law of Chinese etiquette, but it
is now often relaxed where foreigners are concerned. It is, however,
a breach of manners to remain on one's horse or in carriage one's
when addressing a friend or a stranger unless the latter is of the
"coolie" class.
A man's wife should be referred to with reserve, and when she is

mentioned she should be called ^^A your honour-


lig* fu? Jen
1
,

able wife, or ^
5j. pao* chilan
4
your precious family. Never, as
,

the tyro would be apt to call her, must she be referred to as ft ftfj
8
J! ]$ ni ti hsi* fu*, your wife.
The word fa ling*, should precede any reference to the relatives
of the person addressed, as fa | ling* ai*, your daughter, fa ^
ling* tsun\ your father, fa $fo ling* your younger brother.
ti*,

If your host or visitor rises from his chair you must not fail to rise
also. When your host, after a certain interval, asks you to drink
tea it be taken as a sign that he wishes the visit to close.
may
Tea should not be drunk by the visitor at the beginning of a visit
without the invitation of the host, and when the host himself rises to
place a cup of tea before his guest the latter should rise and receive
it with both hands.
of the most common of Chinese greetings is p
One ~f | j*

cAW liaofan* liao, "have you had your meal." The answer which
should be given is ,{g j J pi'en kuo* liao, or ^g ~f 1

jfft
"I $
have been selfish enough to do so"; the implication being that, you
ought to have waited for the other person to join you.
When a host escorts a visitor to the door, as it is his duty to do,
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 99

the visitor should request him to ^^ liu* pu


4
,
restrain his steps,
to which the answer might be given |f ^ IP tang*, politeness

requires.
To a complimentary remark, or to a complimentary action, ^ jffc

^ pu kan3 tang I am unworthy, is the ordinary reply.


1 1

When asking a person his name, do not say (ft J- ^ |g nt*


hsing* shemmo* unless to a person of the coolie class, but, jfjj; fc,

honourable name, or fig ^


^, you, sir, honourable name.
By an observance of these few rules credit will be obtained for at
least an elementary knowledge of the laws of politeness from a Chines*
point of view.
100 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

EXAMPLES.

1. Put those old linen clothes Take hold that old linen clothes
in the bath and wash put at bathe basin in wash
them. You need not wash a wash. Not use employ
them with soap, just put soap wash, only put at
them in hot water to soak hot water in soak one
for an hour or two, then two hour 's time. Return
wring them out dry and come, twist dry ed, hang
hang them out in the sun. at sun ground in dry a dry.
When they are dried, fold Dry good ed, then fold
them up and put them in up, place at cupboard in
the cupboard. side.

2. When are you going to pay I borrow give you ing that piece
me back the money I lent money you when repay
you? Whenever I've got me. I when have now

any ready money I'll pay money, I when repay. At


you. At the moment I've the moment even one piece
not got a single cash. great cash all not have.

L.
H chiu 4
,
old.
ch'f
2

)
to fold up.
i iflc hsi ftieh >

3 lai )
2
p'6n ,
a basin, tub.

"
^tz
4
1 .
fti p'ao ,
to soak.
2
1 .
$&. ning to twist, squeeze, 9
JH huan
,
2. ,
to pay back, repay.
wring.
1. J kua*, to hang up.
S kua ) 4

3
to 2. g mu
4
the eye (seldom used
1. jgi ch'i > hang up. ,

Zfclai ) colloquially).
1. ^
shai
4
to dry in the sun,
,

warm in the sun.


THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 101

8. When he wakes tell him I'm He sleep wake ed 's time you tell
waiting for him in the he I at courtyard in wait
courtyard, and that break- he. Early food all spread
fast is laid. Directly he out good ed. He one come
comes we will have it, and ed we then eat. The
the earlier the better. more early the more good.
. Don't be offended if I say that You don't take offence I say, you

you are wrong and he is wrong ed, he have reason.


in the right. He was He quietly (good good ly)
sitting there quite quietly sitting, not at all with
not speaking to any one at who speak talk, you with-
all, and you without rhyme out cause (wu yuan wu
or reason crossed over and ku ti} cross go curse he.
abused him. Of course He of course is beget
he got angry and swore anger. What man, no
back at you. Any one, no matter (not discuss) is

matter who, would object who, not willing call people


to being abused for no- white curse he. According
thing, and it seems to me to I look, you ought give
that you ought to make he make good piece fault
him an apology. (pu thih).

^ yuan a court, courtyard,


4
") 4. ifr lun
4
,
to discuss, argue.
^p tzii

^ pai the
to
inclosure.
3
spread out, lay out.
,
)
^ pu 4

"J
no matter, of no
4
. (
consequence,never
j|g yiieh to over- more,
, t mind, irrespective
step. ffr lunV of.
-gr kuai4 to resent, take ,
of-

Jg
fence.
li
3
, right, reason, principle,
4.

4.
J^} 2
to be willing.

for nothing, for no


to arrange. j pai ,
4
3 ping ) not at all, by no cause.
^ wu pu*
2
) means.
|k , not; used colloquially
in a few combinations only.
M wu "

2
without
ought, should.
ftjfc yiian cause,
wu 2
without $& p'ei", to forfeit, make good.
fjjlE rhyme
$jfc
ku 4 or reason. jgp'ei")
IJ-J
ti ^C pu > to make an apology.
JH ma 4
,
to curse, swear.
4
shih
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

6. Strictly speaking, I am not Discuss principle, this not is I

bound to do this business, ought arrange ing affair.

but as he is ill and cannot Because he to-day ill ed,


come to the office to-day, not can to Yamen, if not
if I don't do it for him is I go instead of he

your affairs will be de- arrange, you Sir 's affair

layed. then delayed.


6. He was very pleased when he He heard say you Sir with (tung)
heard you were going with him go visit Li great man,
him upon His Ex-
to call he very pleased. He origin-
cellency Li.He always ally gall top one
small,
was timid, and when he sees occasion (hui z ) see man,
a person for the first time even one sentence talk all
he can't say a single word. speak not out come.
7. I can't find my spectacles. I My spectacles seek not find. Not
don't remember where I remember put at where.
put them. I've looked I each place seek ed, at
everywhere for them ; un- table below, chair below,
der the table, under the even coal box in all seek
chairs, even in the coal ed. Where all seek not
box, and I can't find them succeed.

anywhere.
8. The weight of that box is too That piece box 's
weight too
great for one man to carry heavy one ; piece man carry
on his shoulder. I fancy on shoulder not move.
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 108

it will require two men to Fear must two piece men


carry between them. It
it carry on pole. Look ing
seems heavy, but in reality is heavy, the true is very
it isvery light. It only light. Pack ing not ex-
contains straw hats. ceed is straw hat.
9. He has really no luck. Last He true not luck. Go year he
year he built a house and build ed piece house, spend

spent a lot of money over ed how much money. Just


it. was finished
Just as it build finish ed, call fire

it was burnt down. He burn spoil ed. He also


hadn't insured it either. not guarantee danger.
10. Those two men were fighting That two piece man yesterday ai
in the street yesterday. street on fight lai cho.
The policeman saw them Watch street one saw ed,
and dragged them off to then take them drag to
the police court. The officer yamen go. That
official never inquired who officer not at all
(ping pu)
was right and who was ask who is, who not is,
wrong, but ordered each only call each man beat
of them to receive fifty fifty boards.
blows with the bamboo.
11. I did this myself. If you This is I myself do ing. You if
don't believe what I say not believe my talk then

3
8. t'ai",to carry between two c pao ,
to guarantee.
3
people, to lift up. t hsien , dangerous, danger.
2 3
8. ch'i , he, she, it, the ; c pao ) to insure against
3
seldom used colloquially. t hsien ) accident.
chia4 a frame, stand.
2
5
^ shihch'i
2
") the truth is, in 10. 3
,

"

^ 2
j reality, in fact. 10.
*ta> to fight, quarrel,
8. @ ch'ing 1
, light.
^ chia
k'an
4

1
a
come to blows.
a
3 I
policeman,
8. "^t ts'ao , grass. street watch-
ti I man.
8.f}ahat,cap. la
1

,
to drag, draw.
9. ^ chen 1
true, truly.
f' Ke "
2

2 1 both, each person.


yv J J

^WO 3
)

.
Skai* 2
fang
)
> to build a house.
^ ko 2
[
I myself.
ffi

^ tzu J
104 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

ask my brother. You ask my younger brother.


know he won't tell you a He not lie, you is know ing.
lie.

12. When you get on board the


You on steamer 's time, take hold
steamer count your bag- your baggage count a
count number, look look
gage and see if the number
of things is complete. I correct not correct. I fear

think a bundle of rugs has leave out ed one bundle


been left behind. If it blanket. If leave out ed,

has, send me a telegram arrive ed Shanghai you


when you get to Shanghai, give me issue piece tele-

and I will go to the hotel gram, I then to food inn


and inquire whether they go, inquire inquire they
have it or not. If they have not have. If have

have, I will send it on to ed, I then send to you

you. there go.


13. How did you get on with You yesterday go shooting, how
your sport yesterday ? fashion, obtain ed what
Did you get anything? not have. Not have luck.

No, I had bad luck. When Arrive ed hill that side


I got to the wood on the that tree grove in, not
other side of the hill I walk ed few pace then
had not gone many paces saw (ch'iao chien) ed piece
when I saw a pheasant. wild chicken, lift up gun

1 1
11. Jffc
sa ,
to let go, let loose. 10 '
$L chan ) a blanket, felt,
3
11. |$ huang ,
a lie, falsehood. ^p tzii ) rug.
3
12. $$ hai , the sea.
12. m tien*, electricity.
12. ^ pao*, to report, requite.

2
11. || lun a wheel (not of a cart
,

2
13. gj wei , to surround, enclose,
11. j|
ch'uan 2 ,
a ship, tT ta
3
- to g shooting,
-.q 2
\
boat. HI wei ) hunting.

1L 13. 5^ |
a grove, wood, forest.

10 f&
a* *
)
to leave out >
or 13. ^ pu
4
,
a step, pace.
'

T hsia4 ) behind. 13. f yeh


3
, wild, savage, rude.
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 105

I put up my gun to fire come, want beat, that gun


at him, but it was empty ;
is empty one, forgot ed

I had forgotten to load it. pack lo. Walk ed not far,


I had not gone much cause tree root trip up ed
farther when I caught my foot lo, take hold me
foot in the root of a tree, tumble lie down ed, my
fell down and broke my gun also snap ed.
gun in two.
14. Light the lamp and put it Take hold lamp light up, place
on the small table. Move at that small table on.
the table out a little. If Take hold table remove
you put it close to the a little, don't next curtain
curtains I am afraid they place (fang), fear curtain
may catch fire. want catch (chao) lo.
15. Where did you buy that That cloth you at where buy ing.
cotton cloth ? I bought At foreign goods shop in
it at the foreign goods buy ing. that piece Buy
shop. What did you buy do what. I propose make
it for? I thought of shirts use. That fashion
making shirts with it. 's cloth make shirt not
That kind of cloth won't suit, too coarse lo. Make
do to make shirts of; it is shirt must fine a little 's

too coarse, you want finer material. Not important;

3
13. |ji chii to lift up.
,

1
to move away.
13- f^ ch'iang , a shot-gun, rifle.
1

13 f&ken )
14. next near to.
'

^ tzu 4
5
to,

13. $ pan ,
to trip up.
14. curtains.
tzu
down.
13.
R^i} to fall
15. huo*, goods, wares.
13. Jfr to break, snap. 15. han 4 sweat, perspiration.
^2 } ,

1
14. jg teng ,
a lamp.

14-
| ^} to 4
light a lamp. 15. a shirt.
14. Jfc fang ,
to put, place down 1
15. ts'u ,
coarse.
(see IX. 36). 4
15. hsi fine.
14. ||J no 2 , to move, remove. ,
106 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

material than that for have use place. Eub cloth


shirts. Never mind, it not enough, make rub cloth
will come in useful. We use pa.
haven't enough dusters;
I'll make dusters of it.

16. I am looking for a servant. I look for piece below man yon ;

Do you know of a good Sir know have good one


one? What is the ser- not know. That below
vant to do ? I want him man is want do what
to act as cook. If you one. I want him serve
are not very particular I as cook. You Sir if not
know of a man who is very particular, I know

disengaged at present. have one piece man; he


He can cook ordinary now unoccupied. Ordin-
dishes fairly well, and he ary one vegetables do ing
is clean, quiet, and willing still passable (pa liao),
to work. The only thing man clean, also (yu) quiet
is he is a little deaf, and (lao shih), also (yeh) will-
occasionally he likes to ing use effort. Only is
take a drop of drink, have one kind ;
he ear
but I never saw him have a little deaf, now
drunk. What wages does and again (ou erh) he also
he want? He is asking like drink glass wine, I
twenty-five dollars a but not seen (ch'iao chien)

3
16. -jf k'gn ,
to be willing.
15. materials, material.
1

16, $jj kung , work, effort, meri-


1
16. tang to act as (see IX.
, 7). torious service.
3
,
g '
chiang ")
particular, exact-
chiu 1 ) ing, fastidious.
3
16. fH chiang ,
to explain, ex-
2
16. 5| lung deaf.
pound. ,

16. ^ p'ing 2
, level, even.
2
,
A}l
3
$! ou )
8
occasionally, once in
16. ffi ch'ang, constantly, fre- ffterh ) away.
-

quently, often.
2
, zp p'ing ")
common, ordin-
Q '
*
ch'ang' j ary.
16. X yu", again, also, moreover.
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 107
108 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 109

18. What is your honourable You Sir honourable name. Com-


name, Sir? My name is mon name Spring, not re-
Ch'un, I've not the honour ceive instruction. I name
of knowing
yours. My East, East West 's East.
name the lung is Tung You Sir lofty longevity.
of east and west. What I small na, just forty-
may your lofty age be? eight. Ah, compare me
I am young; just forty- great two year (sui). You
eight. Ah, you are two Sir in front of how many
years older than I am. gentlemen honourable
How many sons have you, youth. I have two piece
Sir ? I've two sons and a son, one piece girl; you
daughter ;
how many have Sir in front of how many
you? I've no good for- gentlemen. Not good for-

tune, I've only one girl. tune, only have one piece
lass.

19. This pair of boots of mine is I this pair boots too tight lo.

too tight. Did you buy Buy ing is ready made ing
them ready made, or were or is fix make ing. Is

they made to order ? The make ing that leather


fix ;

shoemaker took my mea- workman take feet inches

4
18. chiao ,
to teach, instruct,
18. your son.
a creed, faith, or sect.
/to receive instruc-
3
I am in-
18.
nkng
2
}
an unmarried ^l
18. ling I tion,
chiao*) debted to you for
18. a girl, a daughter.
\
your information.
1

18. shou 4
19. shuang a pair (of boots).
longevity.
,
,

na 1
a final particle.
18. ,

behind and be-


19.
^'} boot,

19. chin 8 tight, pressing.


fore, a follow- ,

ing used with


KB ken
1 ;

reference to the
ch'ien
number of chil-
dren or servants
a person has. 2
p'i , skin, fur, leather.
4
18. ling honourable, your.
,
P'i" l a worker ia
2 4
18. lang a youth, a son. , chiang ) leather.
110 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

sure, and I can't think measure good ed, not know


how he made them too he how make little ed.
small. Have you worn You wear ed (kuo) not
them? No, I can't wear wear ed. Not wear ed,
them they hurt my feet.
;
not can wear; wear ed,
Why don't you send them foot hurt. You why not
back ? If they were mine reject return go ;
if is

I certainly should. youIf mine, I positively want


haven't paid for them, and reject return go. You Sir

you refuse to take them, il not give money, re-


is

the shoemaker can't help ject return, not receive,


himself. that make boots one not
have remedy.
20. What do you charge for the If hire cart, according to day (jih
hire oi a cart by the day ? tzu), reckon must how
That all depends upon many cash one day (t'ien).
where you want to go if ;
That all look you Sir
it isa long journey it will want to where go If road .

be dearer; if you don't go far, money then many lo,

outside the city of course If not go out (ch'u) city,


it will be less. Couldn't of course money less lo.
we reckon it by the num- We according to li num-
ber of li? Yes, we can ber reckon, suit not suit.
do that. What do you Suit lo; you Sir propose

propose to give per Uy give how many cash. You


Sir ? You name a price before say piece price, I
and I will tell you whether tell you agree my idea
or no it fits in with my not agree my idea. You
idea. What do you say, Sir regard one hundred

Sir, to a hundred cash a cash one li how fashion.

ch'ih
2
measure- 19. shou4 to accept, gather,
/^. ^ length of, Jj ,

19. ment of (see receive.

^ ts'un4 ) IX. 52). 19. leather, skins.

19. jjl t'ui


4
,
to reject, retire. 20. ;g ku4 ,
hire.
2
<& ho ^ meet with one's wishes
iq piU ^i* 1
to reject, send back, 20. or ideas, commend
'

hui 2 ) decline to take. i


4
itself.
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 111

li ? Of course the driver's That carter 's food money


food will be extra, and of course at outside ;
ad-
there's his tip besides. tional still have that
How much will the tip wine money. That wine
be? That's as you like, money must how many.
Sir; you give him what That is following you Sir 's

you please. How much convenience ;


like give
does a hundred cash re- how much, then give how
present in foreign money ? much. One hundred cash
That all depends upon the reckon foreign (ocean)
market rate, but speaking money how much. That
generally, one dollar can look market rate ; probably
be reckoned at one string (ta Jcai) say, one piece
of cash. All right, we foreign money can reckon
will settle it so and call it one tiao cash. Then thus
pa; this then reckon fix

ed.
21. I told the carter to drive I tell that drive cart one quick

quickly or we should not drive, otherwise we catch


catch you up, but the mule not up you lo. That mule
went so slowly that by the walking thus slow, by
time we reached the city the time reached (pursue,
gate you had already gone. arrive ed) city gate's time

you already walk ed.


22. I have no change, could you I not have fractional cash, this

change this ten tiao note ten tiao cash 's note you
for me? Let me see what can for me change pa.
is the cash bank of issue. You Sir permit me look

20. jg kan8 to drive, drive away,


,
21. 2: otherwise, or.
when. r^, j

20. jfl ch'e


1
a coachman, carter. 21. ^ k?n!_^ to catch up.
JjJ ling* ) besides, over and
2Q '
21.*J z;}anmle.
^f. wai 4 3 above, in addition.
4
20. ft tiao ,
a string of one
thousand copper cash.
112 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

Oh! it's the Fu-shun look is which piece cash


Bank. That Bank is right shop 's note. Ah, is Fu-
enough. Do you want shun cash shop that piece ;

notes, Sir, or do you want cash shop not wrong.


cash? You might give You Sir is want notes, is
me one five tiao note, two want cash. You give me
one tiao notes and the one piece five tiao cash 's

balance in cash. note, two piece one tiao


cash 's, remainder ing give
cash pa.
23. Would you make a little room You Sir yield a little placebo, we*
for us to pass, Sir? Please good cross go. You Sir
pass, Sir. Thank you. please pa. Borrow light
lo.

24. I've come to-day to thank I to-day come give you Sir offer

you, Sir. If you had not (tao) thanks. You Sir if


come forward as an inter- not forth come mediate,
mediary that man would that piece man positively
certainly have brought an want at Tamen in accuse-
action against me in the
Court.
25. I went out for a stroll after Down finish ed rain, I then forth
the rain had stopped, and go stroll stroll. Follow
as long as I followed the ing (shun) great road walk,
high road there was not not have how many mud.
much mud, but when I One separate great road,
left the road and crossed by grass ground pass, boots
through the fields my all damp ed, together with
boots got \vet, and my socks also damp ed. To-

4
22. she^ng , residue, balance,
24.
remainder.

22.
what remains, the 24. ^ kao 4
to accuse, bring an
,

hsia4 j balance. action against.

hsia4 ) another form of 25. $g ni2 mud.


,

1
'

} the above. 25. JJH shih damp, wet.


,
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 113

socks too. When I wanted day morning want wear


towear them this morning ing 's time that boots hard
my boots were as hard as 's like boards, not can-

boards, and I couldn't get wear. How good; fear


them on. What am I to spoil ed. Spoil cannot
do? I'm afraid they are (pu liao). Take oil, rub-

spoilt. They can't be (mo) on, employ mnscle r


spoilt ; get some grease, towards in rub (ts'a) then
smear them over with it, (return come) put at fire
and rub it in hard after ; side,but don't too near lo ;

that put them by the side roast ed a roast, one short


l
of the tire, not too near, space of time (i-hui rh)
and warm them. The that oil melt ed, boots

grease will soon melt and then soft ed.


then they will be soft.
26. My razor is blunt and I can't My scrape face knife not sharp,
shave with it. I must not can scrape face. I

send it to the ironmonger's must send to iron me-


and have it
ground. chanic shop in go call
them grind a grind.
27. I called you ever so many I call ed you good some turn.
times. Why didn't you You why not answer.
answer ?
28. Time's up. I ought to be Is time lo. I ought walk lo. I
off. If I arrive late he if is arrive late ed, he not
won't like it. approve me.
29. Wliat answer he makedid You ask him that piece affair he
when you asked him about how reply ing. He say
114 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

that business? He said he willing arrange, only


he was willing to under- fear he master not assent.
take it, but he was afraid Above turn, person invite
his master wouldn't agree. he help piece busy, he
The last time some one master not permit he go.
asked him to lend a hand
his master wouldn't allow
him to go.
J30. The water is deep here; if Here, water deep lo\ towards
you go up a little higher above go a little, then
it is shallower. It's up shallow lo. Here, have
to your neck here ; there neck thus deep; there, not
it doesn't come up to your reach ankle bone.
ankle.
31. I say, carter, there's nothing Carter, you that piece mule after

wrong about that mule of all not wrong; is how


yours. What did you give much money buy ing. Ai,
for him ? Ah, you've good lao yeh 's
eye strength
eyes, Sir, and can spot a good, seeing able out

good animal. When this (ch'iao te ch'u)good ani-


mule was bought my mas- mal come. This piece
ter didn't tell me the price, mule buy ing time our lao
but I reckon he must yeh not tell me price, at
have cost seventy or eighty I calculate must seven
taels and he's worth it.
; eight ten taels silver na.
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 115
116 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

people. The first time he top one turn see you Sir,
saw you, Sir, he didn't he not know is what kind

know what sort of a person 's man ;


you, Sir, sit two
you were, but after you three turn cart he know
had ridden two or three you Sir is quiet (lao shih)
times in the cart he found man, not want urge him ;
that you were a quiet he of course then not kick
gentleman and didn't want ed. Not deceive you Sir
to press him, so of course say, I this mule most (tsui)
he doesn't kick. I won't dislike ing is ladies (fai
deceive you, Sir. What Vai men) ;
ladies inside
this mule of mine most most of all (tiny) dislike
dislikes is ladies, and of all ing is our lady. One
ladies he dislikes my mis- see he come want get on
tress the most. Directly (shang) cart, he then know
he sees her coming to get want suffer punishment
into the cart he knows he lo; then lift heels. How
is in for a bad time, and say no, ;
our lady not
so he kicks. What for? care mule how fashion,

Why, my mistress doesn't only like quick walk. One


think about the mule; all get on cart ah, then say
she wants is to go fast, carter, you quickly walk.
and directly she gets up, She not care road good
" "
Carter," she says, you walk not good walk, day
go fast." She don't mind hot not hot, constantly
whether the road good is call me beat mule, cause
or is not, whether it's hot him quick run. I if is
or isn't hot she's always ;
not diligent beat him, she

31. ch'ou 3 , to look, see. g hou 7 to


4
have a bad time,
HJ8
U 3
01
p tsui
4
} to suffer.
4
31. Jf; ching , only, then, just.
1
31. jg ts'ui to press,
, urge on, 2

hurry.
31. Hf ch'in , diligent.
31. B$j man 1 ,
to deceive, impose 31. 2jK lei
4
,
a class, category,
upon. species.
31. jfa hsien 5 to dislike, have an
, * ^ one c ^ ass tne
31 4 1
'

aversion to, prejudice. lei ) same, similar.


THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 117

upon, fight.
4
ff| hu 4 ,
to protect, screen,
01 {i chang ")
relying on, de-
;|ff
cho ) pending on. guard.
4
tui to be able to face, to
have a good an-
swer to make, to
31. tl
be able to render I ^protecting.
an account of
3 4
|g ch'i stewardship. 5J pi ,
to avoid.
118 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

gone north now to get go ed, must two piece


out of the heat, and she more month then (ts'ai)
won't be back for more return come. This piece
than two months, so for interval (kung fu} mule
that while the mule will also comfortable, I also let
have a comfortable time go ed heart lo.

and my mind will be at


rest.

32. Whenever I meet him he Every occasion meet him 's time
passes by with his head in he lift ing head pass go,
the air and won't take any not like heed me. He
notice of me. In former formerly poor 's time we
times when he was poor two piece man how inti-
we were thick enough, but mate now do great officer
;

now that he has become a lo, then wear tall hat lo.

high official he puts on Ai, proverb say ing well


airs. Well, the proverb one step mount high not
rightly says, "One pace recognize old country con-
upwards and old neigh- nections lo.
bours get cut."
33. What are you two men quar- You two piece man wrangle bawl
relling about? If you've what. Have talk, good

31. 4H shu
3
, heat, torrid heat. su 2 ) a common saying, a
32. mei', every, each, con- proverb.
stantly.
32. feng", to meet, encounter.
1

mei* ) whenever, on every 32. teng ,


to ascend, mount,
32. 2
flng ) occasion. climb.
4
jg yii to meet, meet with.
1
32. ,
teng ^ to ascend high, to
4
QO >S yu \ to meet, meet 32. go up in the
^ chien 4
)
2
with, occur. kao )
1
world.
32. |f ch'iung , poor, to exhaust. hsiang\ a country neigh-
a home
Hch'in
1
intimate, close in-
^ 32.
/

>
bour,
aquaintance, a
32. timacy, on very
^jo
4
4
) intimate terms.
ch'in 1 '
\ friend of old
days.
32. Jg tai , to wear on the head.
32. {
2
su , common, vulgar. 33. ch'ao8 ,
to wrangle, make
3
32. f yii , sayings, words. an uproar, clamour for.
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 119

got anything to say say it good ly say; why want


quietly; what do you want bawl. Not is I want
to shout for? I don't bawl; only (pu kuo) ishe
want to shout, but he is treat me too not fair. We
treating me most unfairly. two piece man unite ing
We went into partnership partner do little buy-sell,
over a small business on say clearly ed, gain ed
the distinct understanding money, each man divide
that each party was to one half. My division he
take half the profits, and not give me; you say this
he wont give me my share. can (k'o) how fashion good.
What do you say to that?
34. Just look how dirty this floor You look this ground board have
is ! It looks as if you how much dirty lo. Seem-
couldn't have swept it for ingly (k'an ch'i lai) posi-
several days. You be tively is you this some
quick and sweep it. If days not sweep. You
this happens again you quick quick give me sweep
needn't think of applying clean ed pa. Again thus
to me for your wages at fashion, by the time arrive
the end of the month. ed month bottom, not use
think from me want wages.
35. You're too fond of boasting You this piece man only like
altogether. You don't speak mouth. Difficult
mean to say that only your say only is you one piece

33.
3
jang to bawl, shout, shout
,

33.
& ho 2
~} to join in partner-
at each other. ship, enter into
huo 3 )
03
*3
W ch'ao 3
) to quarrel noisily, j| partnership.
-

m jang 3
3 an altercation.
33. & kung 1

, public, just, male


species.
1
34. ^ sao 3
3
,
to sweep.

kung 35. B$| tsui , the mouth.


33. j just, fair, equit-
g tao 4
3 able.
33. m chuan 4
,
to earn money by
35.
H to boast, brag.

make a profit. 2
trade, &c., II nan )
33. H 35.
^ tashuo )
18;
4

1
[
120 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

things are good aud


that man 's
good, other man 's
nobody else's are? You all not good ? You mo-
would do well to be a little dest a little, then is.
modest.
I have invited some friends I to-morrow invite ed some gentle-
to dine to-morrow and go men friend eat food, listen
to the theatre, and have theatricals. I engage ed

arranged for dinner at the them at city outside T'ung


T'ung Ho Lou restaurant Ho Lou restaurant, pre-
at four o'clock sharp. cisely (chun) four o'clock
eat food.
We two don't stand on We two piece man not grasp mud,
ceremony with each other, therefore I not give you
so I have not sent you a down invitation card. I
written invitation, and we now then reckon ig
will reckon this a verbal mouth invite ed.
invitation.
I shall be most happy to Obey command, obey command ;

come. What theatre do you Sir propose to what


you propose to go to ? theatre go.

1 1
85. fH ch'ien , humble, yielding, 36. $J chii ,
to lay hold of, re-
respectful. strain.

85. jg
4
hsiin , humble, complai- 7 pu 4
don't (or not to)
1
J
sant. 36. $J chii > stand on cere-
j
$g ni j mony.
85.
g j^ 4
|
humble, modest. 36. iji
t'ieh
1

a ticket, label.
to stick to, attach
36. fa hsi , theatricals, a play. to,

O KD> Hj t'ing
1
") to to the |f ch'ing' ) a card or letter of
go 36. 1

hsi< theatre. t'ieh j invitation.


fa J !}$

86. jjij yo
1
a contract, to invite,
, P k'ou 3 ) a verbal invita-
make an engagement, to fH ch'ing' ) tion.
contract. 36 l

JH tsun ,honoured,eminent, to
3
86. |H lou an upper story, a
, venerate, obey, obedience.
house with an upper story. 36. ^ command.
ming
4
, fate, lot, destiny, b
36. fff kuan 8 an inn, hall, eating-
,

house, JH tsun
1
") to a com-
4
obey
4
ft fan } $f ming ) mand.
3
86. fff kuan > a restaurant.
yuan
2
)
^ tzii )
36.
^
J

tzii j
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 121

I was going to ask you This I is want request instruc-


about that, because I don't tions you Sir ing, because
often go to the theatre and I not constantly to theatre
don't know which company go, not know which troupe
*
is the best. good.
37. There are going to be festi- Our neighbour below month first
vities at our neighbours' (ch'u) five day want man-
on the fifth of next month, age happiness business.
and I hear it will be a Heard say want very gay.
very gay affair.

What festivities are there Want manage what happiness


going to be? A birthday business? (ni), is manage
or a wedding? birthday, is marry wife ah.
They are going to marry Is give their two young gentle-
off their second son. man marry wife.
Are you going? You sir go not go.
Why, of course. They are How not go ni. Many year 'a

friends of long standing, friendship, must positive-


and I must go. ly go.
38. You've come at a most oppor- You sir come ing truly opportune.
tune moment. I was just I just (cheng) want send

going to send somebody to man invite you cross come.


ask you to come across.

/J? shao 4 the son of a person


7
^
36. p| yuan [-a theatre. 37. > of rank or posi-
2
^f yeh ) tion.
:i

I ask? kind- 1

36. W chiao
ch'ing
4
)

i
may
ly inform me.
37.
37.
|JJ!>
ni
ch'ii
, interrogative particle.
3
,
to marry a wife.
4
hsi
1
J 37.
'

36. $ pan > a theatrical troupe.


tzu )
1
37. $j fang a street, ward,
marry a
,
37. tl hsi2 to wife.
factory. (

neighbour,
# chieh'ja
4
37> 1 37. tgf pi , must, certainly.
fang ) neighbourhood.
37. ;&] ch'u
1

commencement, Pl
, 37. fa 3
-
( positively must.
beginning. ^^ tol J
3
38. 3^ ch'iao , lucky, opportune,
37 the time.
U first
clever, cunning.
4
av 38. J cheng*, on the
IS Juao lg bustling, point
> of,
37. 4
) lively. straight, just.
122 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

39. Are you taking enough money You to-morrow to south side go
with you on your journey take ing money enougn
south to-morrow ? not enough.

Quite enough. I have a Fully enough lo, I hand in have


hundred taels of ready one hundred tael 's ready

money hand and that in money, yet have you Sir


cheque for five hundred give me ing that five

taels which you gave me. hundred tael silver '&

These two amounts added -cheque. This two items


together will certainly be money collect at together
sufficient. I propose to certain is enough lo. ]

cash the cheque on ar- propose, arrive there take


rival, but there's one point : silver certificate draw
the cheque is drawn on money. But have one
this bank and ought to be point. This silver certifi-
cashed locally. I don't cate is at this bank open
know whether they will ing, ought at original place
levy a discount or not at draw money. I not know
the branch bank. at division establishment
deduct not deduct.
I expect they will levy a Deduct, expect is want deduct ;

discount, but it won't be that has limit, probably i

2
39. Jg, tsu ,
enough, the foot,
complete.
39.
^
fen
1
a branch establish-
39. s; 39.
^ j
2
")

) ment.
4
39. t a cheque. 39. fp k'ou , to deduct, discount,
i

knock.
'

a sum of money, 39. p& hsien


4
,
a limit, to limit.
39.
anitem - 3
tan*? yu 7 inconsiderable,
39 -
S hsien 4
39. ^ ts'ou
4
,
to assemble, collect. j limited.

39. JjX ch'ii


3
,
to draw, as money 39. ^ ching 3
, condition, appear-
ance.
receive, take.
2 1
a word indicating
39. ^f- ts'eng ,
39. $ ching
kuang
3
")

j
probabilities,
circumstances.
past action, a point.
i
1
one point, a con- ch'ou 1 to pull out, take
OQ'* ]
2
,

Jf ts'eng ) sideration. out, per-centage.


THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 123

much probably one li


per one tael silver deduct one
tael. thousandth
(/?') pa.

40. From the tone of his remarks Listen his mouth breath, is not
he is not willing to under- willing undertake thi
take this business. piece business.
It is the rule of their firm Their establishment in 's custom
that employes are not not permit their counter
permitted to do outside on man transact outside '&

business. He couldn't business ;


this piece regu-

very well tell you outright lation he not good inten-


of the existence of this tion straight tell you r
regulation, so he gave you therefore he indefinite ly
a vague answer. reply ed.
41. What do you keep on bother- You persistently worry me do
ing me for? I tell you what. I decisive ly tell

straight out that it doesn't you, you even if (no? p'a)

matter how much you beg, I how solicit, I positive not


will positively not consent. consent.

2 2
/H li ,
the thousandth part Pj| lo bother, pester,
-)to
of a tael. 41.
/
importune, bother-
l
some, complicated,
k'ou 3 7 the tone of a per- sov fidgetting.
3 son's conversation.
41. kan 4 ,
to do, manage.

40 are you do-


mo ng ? why?
J
3
chien concise, to retrench,
,
40. 3
chien concisely, and
^
/
plainly, short
41.
t and straight,
chih 2 J
plainly.
s
40. chih 2 na \ it doesn't matter
|j|[ , straight out,
no matter
how,
straight, upright, proper. if it must
41. how,
A
Q '
^ hu
han
2
2
) reserved, reticent,
4
come to that, I will
even go so far as.
$] ) ambiguous. fQ p'a }

41. ch'iu 2 to beg, entreat,


41. >f||
chin 3, only, barely. ,

solicit, seek after.


2
41. chiieh , positively, decid-
41. persistently. edlv.
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

42. It's too cold to go now, we'll This time go, weather too cold.
talk about it when the Wait day warm again
weather is warm. speak pa.
43. These children are fidgetty, These children truly fidgetty,
sure enough. They are only covet play. I if not
is endure heart bother 's
always wanting to play,
and if I was not a patient man, I positively (chien
individual I positively chih ti) suffer not able
couldn't stand it.
(pu te) lo.
44. Why do you cut that horse's That horse tail you why give
tail? shear short.
For appearance sake, that's For is (wei-ti-shih) good look,
all. that's all.

You think of appearances, You think ing good look, but not
but have no sympathy for sympathize that horse.
the horse. Just think, You think, thus kind one
on a hot day like this the hot day, that fly worry
flies are so annoying that (nao) ing you that fly-
you are never without a brush ever not sep irate
fly-brush in your hand. hand. Horse tail also is

The horse's tail is a fly- piece fly-brush, you cut


THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 125
126 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

47. Where are you off to ? You this is towards where go.
I am going to the garden I to flower garden go, look look
to see if the seeds sown garden in sow ing seeds
there have come up or not. come out ed not have.
The man that is looking Now that piece care gar-
after the garden now is den's man not great satis-
not very satisfactory, and I factory. I not know he
am not sure that he has sow ing correct not correct.
sown them properly. He Hitherto he is give me
has been my coolie hither- serve as coolie; originally

to,and was not a gardener, not is gardener. This few


but for the last few months piece month constantly
he has been frequently with gardener at together,
with the gardener and now now then understand a
understands a little about little.Because that gar-
it. The gardener has ap- dener ask ed two piece
plied for two months' leave, month's leave, he then give
and he
taking his place. is him serve substitute work.
48. Both these roads go to Pe- This two strip road all is towards
king. The west one, al- Peking go ing. West side

though a little nearer, is one, although near a little,


not good going. A little but not good walk; walk
further on you reach a ed not far then is stone

47 wang", to go towards, to-


wards, past and gone. 47. 'rh y a gardener,
47. fH chung 4 to plant, sow. ,
g chiang ) 4

47. i u
seeds.
47. $% chia ,
leave of absence ;

3
,^ | chia ,
false.
3
47. T t'o secure, satisfactory.
,

^ kao 4
^
to ask for leave of
47. > absence, to be on
1

1
$% chia ) leave.
47.
.
[p]

|pj
hsiang towards, facing.
hsiang ) hitherto,
2
1
,

here-
^Xkung'}^
11 "^ 6 -

2fc lai ) tofore.


47. ^ k'u 3
, bitter, unpleasant,
48. ^ t'iao
2
,
a strip ;
the nurne-
rative of roads, dogs,
distressing.
trowsers, towels, &c.
48. ^ lu 4
,
a road, way.
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 127

stone road which has not |


road. That stone road
been repaired for a good good some years not re-
many years, and is full of pair, only is some holes.
holes. The other road, That one strip road al-
although it makes a bit of though wind a little far,
a detour, is the more ex- after all compare this piece

peditious in the end. expeditious many lo.


49. You gave me seven tiao, You not is give me seven tiao
didn't you ? I spent alto- cash? I give you buy ing
gether nine tiao eight those things altogether
hundred cash on the things spend ed nine tiao eight
I bought for you, so you hundred cash. You yet
have got to give me two must give me make good
_ tiao eight hundred cash two tiao eight hundred
and we shall be quits. cash, we two piece man
then reckon not affair lo.

I've no change, but you I not fraction money. You take


can deduct your two tiao this one dollar take out

eight hundred cash from your two tiao eight hun-


this dollar and give me dred cash ; remainder seven
the balance of seven tiao. tiao find give me pa.
That won't do. The dol- That not suit. Now foreign
lar changes now for nine money exchange nine tiao
tiao, and by that reckon- cash. Thus reckon, I then

ing I should lose. eat loss lo.


128 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

50. This fan isn't very good. I'll This piece (pa) fan not great
go to the shop to-morrow good. To-morrow I to
and choose another one. that shop in go again
choose one piece pa.
Dear me, this picking and Ai, you thus choose five choose
six ing is what fashion.
choosing is not good form ;

a person makes you a Person good intention

present with the kindest


send you ing things, you
intentions and you go and still turn nose
up at. He
turn up your nose at it. if isknow you go change
If he knows you have been go, below positively not
to change it he will most again send you things lo.
surely send you no more
presents.
51. What's your hurry? Sit down Hurry what ing. Sit down rest
and rest a bit. Please ex- a rest pa. You Sir please
cuse me from joining you, pa. There have man wait
but there's a man waiting me; if is not hurrying
for me over there, and if go, fear delay ed his busi-
I don't go as soon as ness.

possible, I am afraid his


business will be delayed.
52. Don't be impatient. As he Don't get impatient he since ;

made you a promise, he promise ed you, early late


will arrange it for you . he must give you manage.
sooner or later.

50. shan*, a fan, a leaf of a kan 3 } to hurry up,


folding door. 51. as quickly as
shan4 \ f k'uai4 ) possible.
50. afan '
tzu j
1 51. to delay business.
50. t'iao ,
to choose, pick out.
1 2
t'iao -\ 52. chi urgent, urgently, an-
,

50. xious, impetuous, excited.


chao 2 to be impatient, get
}
excited, anxious,
2
chi ) irritated.
8
hsii ,
to allow, promise,
50.
perhaps, much.

51. hsieh 1 , to rest & 1


to P^ mise -
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 129

53. Aren't you very dull sitting You at here one piece man sit-
here all by yourself? Why ting not dull ? You why
don't you make a trip to not to West hill go tour a
the Western hills? The tour. scenery There 's

scenery there is very fine, very good, each place all


and there are temples all have temple, at there live
over the place wouldn't it ; piece three five day not
be nice to stop there for good?
three or four days?
54. Yes, it would be nice, but Good, is good, only is I one piece
there isn't much fun for man go not interest (i-ssu) ;

me going alone ;
if I could can find piece man do com-
find a companion it wouLl panion, then good. You
be all right. Can't you with me go, suit not suit.
go with me? I should I very willing go, only is
like to very much, but for temporarily not can put
the moment I can't get off body. You if can wait
away. If you could wait few day I then think plan
a few days I will try and ask few days leave.
see if I can ask for a few

days' leave.
That would be excellent. That good extreme lo.

53. |?t
men 4 , dull, melancholy, 54.
4
Hf chan temporary, a shcrc ,

sad, oppressive. time.


53. ^ huang', agitated, confused, 54. JJ. ch'ieh3, moreover, besides,
dreadfully.
for the time being, a while.
much
KQ
53. &
fa te
4.' I
fr
very
dull
bored,
54.
c
, t
.
r 3 temporarily.
"II j

53. shan 1

mountains.
lij , hills,
54. ^ t'o
1

,
to put off, as clothes;
to retire, escape.

53. ^ miao 4
4
,
a temple. t'o
shen
1

1
) to
get away, to get
54. ffi pan ,
a companion. ) away from.
4
54.
H ^ |
2
to be a companion.
tai

clii
2
,

,
to wait (see IX. 57).

the utmost, extreme.


'[jtf ch'ing ^ perfectly willing,
54. Jgg yiian 4 >
only too
| excellent, capital.
4 2
;t i
) pleased. k
130 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

55. His grandfather is seriously He grandfather ill ing very heavy


'

ill, and I heard from his


I heard their home in s

people that there is no man say not have hope.


hope. From his condition Look he that piece fashion
it would appear to be a also then at this three
matter of only three or four day lo.

four days.
56. This coat of mine is torn. I this piece coat torn, take needle
Get a needle and thread thread give me sew up.
and sew it up.
57. The rent is too big; sewing Tear ing rent too big only sew up ;

won't do, it will have to not suit. According I lo jk,

be patched. This coat of positively must patch on


yours is not new, and if T one piece patch then can
only sew it up I'm afraid substantial. You sir this
the stitches won't hold. piece coat not is new one,
If I do it neatly the patch only take thread sew up,
won't show. fear that thread eat not
hold lo. Hand work if is

fine a patch little, that


then show not out come.

:{
ta
55. a grandfather, ^
jw yen-
1 2
;
f

4
57. ^ pu 3

4
> to
put on a patch.
55. g| wang hope, look to-
,
to IT ting )
chieh 2
1

wards, towards. 57. j$jjj


chieh ,
to tie ; ,
to
tfc*
finish.
KK
DD. is
^ f. 7
01 $ chieh
2
1
) fi r m, strong,
56. |^f ssu", to tear. |f shih ) hardy.
1

ff chen a needle. '


56.
56. ^ hsien
,

4
,
thread. 57.
$ ch 4
ih
'? won't hold, cannot
endure.
3
57. P k'ou ,
the mouth, an open-
3
ing (see IX. 58). ''
^L shou ) handiwork, work,
1

Xkung ) handicraft.
57. Sparer
^ tzu 57.
s
jH hsien apparent, manifest,,

visible, conspicuous.
57.
to b e a PP arent to
57 a P ato11 -
57 ' m ch'u 1
5-

C
u
8how
>

^
'

-pti"ag'] lar
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 131

58. Then, according to you, if I Thus, according to you thus speak,


want to go into the inte- I want to interior go tour
rior I must have a passport. go, must have passport.
From whom do I get it? This passport from (ken)
who receive (ling) na.
You get it from the Con- From (ta) Consul office receive.
sulate.
Must I go and get it myself? Must I own (ko) man go receive ?
59. You needn't. You can write Not must. You give Consul write
Consul and tell him
to the a piece letter, say want to-
where you want to go. wards what place go. He
He will fill in a blank then take one piece empty
passport form and send it white passport add on
to the local official with a character, send give place
request that he will put his official request him affix

seal on it, that's sufficient. seal, then finished.


60. In the compilation of the Above make ing these character
above sentences only eight sentences inside altogether
hundred characters odd use ing not exceed is eight
have been employed alto- hundred more character.
gether. If the reader can Look officer if can take this
commit these to memory he eight hundred character
may be considered to know all record at stomach in,
a little Chinese. also can reckon is know a
little Chinese talk lo.

4
58. chao 4 to , reflect, according Ukai to affix a seal, to
59. 4
to. E|J yin seal.

68 accordiD g to
JU 3

Aforegoing,
in
'1 cw}
-

60. excess of, up-


4
nei 4 1 the ) wards of.
interior, away
68
-S ti
4
3 from the coast. GO. ^ tzu
/
chii
4

1
sentences.
frj
chih2 7
58 a passport. k'an reader, the reader;
'1 a form of
a ling' ^
4
CO.
address used
58. f. shih > a consul.
__
kuan ^ 1

only in novels.
kuan 1

) 4
1
^t tu ^ the stomach, the seat
59. k'ung a blank, in blank. 60. of intelligence, the
I pai 2

^tzn) mind.
& 1
59. t'ien
59. En yin 4 a seal, to print.
,
,
to add.
60.
jn~
132 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

XI.

IN the following three stories the paraphrase, of which the student is


by this time doubtless thoroughly weary, has been dispensed with.
It is obviously impossible to translate literally from one language to
another, but an endeavour has been made in the English version to
follow the Chinese text as closely as is consistent with a due regard
for readable English. If the student wishes to criticise the transla-

tion, he is recommended to paraphrase the Chinese text for himself as


in the foregoing exercises, and after doing so he can correct the

English translation to suit his own taste. The notes will indicate
new characters and will explain fresh combinations.
An apology is perhaps needed for the juvenile character of these
stories. Experience has proved to the writer that, if simplicity of
style is aimed at, the nearer one can get to the style in which one
would tell a story to a child, the easier will the language be to under-
stand. It is so difficult to find purely Chinese stories for Chinese
children, that in two of the stories lie hasgone back to the memories
of childhood for inspiration, with the result, no doubt, that these
stories have suffered much ir.utilaiion in the process of reconstruction.
But he ventures to claim for them the merit of being fair specimens
of simple colloquial Chinese.
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 133

XI. 1

A STORY OF THE RECOMPENSE OF VIRTUE AND WICKEDNESS.

ONCE upon a time there was a widow, and this widow had two

daughters. Thesesisters were very unlike in appearance the elder


;

one being the ditto of her mother, not only plain, but also of a very
bad disposition, while the younger sister was very handsome and was
of a very kindly nature. As the elder sister had the same tempera-
ment as her mother, the latter was very fond of her. This is a natural
principle, and she could not be blamed for that, but what she was to
be blamed for was the way in which she treated the younger sister.
The elder sister was well fed and well dressed, while the younger
sister did all the coarse work of the house. Not only did she prepare
the food every day for her mother and her elder sister, but her duties
even comprised the cleaning out of the rooms, the washing of the floor
and the drawing of water from the well. She fed on the leavings of
the other two, and she wore the old clothes that her sister had dis-
carded. One day the younger sister went as usual to the well to
draw water, and when she got to the mouth of the well she saw an
old lady sitting there. Directly the old lady saw the girl approach
"
she stood up and said, Kind-hearted girl, have pity upon an old
woman who is suffering from thirst, and bestow on me a bowl of cold
water to drink." The girl promptly drew a bucket of water from the
well, ladled out a bowlful, and gave it to the old lady to drink.
When the old lady had finished drinking it she thanked the girl and
"
said, As you have shown sympathy for an aged person, and have
most kindly waited upon a stranger from afar whom you do not know,
I will bestow a benefit upon you. Hereafter, every time you speak,
a pearl shall drop from your mouth." As she spoke, she turned into
a cloud and floated away. When the girl saw the old lady suddenly
change into a cloud and drift away with the wind she was very much
surprised,and when she had finished drawing the water she carried it
away on a carrying-pole, wondering to herself as she went. When
she returned to the house her mother abused her, and said, " You idle
drab, why have you delayed all this time upon the road ? I know,
134 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

you have been gossiping on the way with some good-for-nothing


dissolute youth." Now this girl was naturally a very bashful person,
and directly she heard her mother use this unseemly kind of language
"
her heart began to flutter, and she said, I never did so." Directly
she had said this sentence of four words, four pearls dropped from
her mouth. As soon as her mother saw these bright glossy things
drop from her daughter's mouth she hastily picked them up and
"
looked at them. Sure enough they were four real pearls. What's
"
all this about ? she promptly inquired.
Gentle reader, justreflect if pearls drop out from the mouth when-
:

ever a person speaks, and these are picked up by somebody else,

although the latter may gain the advantage, the individual himself
cannot help being somewhat embarrassed, for if directly one speaks
he is to spit out precious stones, a loquacious person would in a very
short time spit out so many that the ground would be covered with
them, and in the course of a year, if they were all picked up by
people, precious stones would become common articles and no one
would want them. The fairy (the old lady was a fairy) had also
foreseen this point, and so, although she bestowed the power of spitting
out pearls upon the girl, she left her free to use or not to use this
power as she liked, and so the girl suited her own convenience about
spitting them out or not. But this is a digression. To return mean-
while to our story. Her mother closely cross-questioned her daughter,
and got out of her all that she said to the old lady from first to last,
how the old lady replied, and how she acted and when she had heard
;
"
everything she called the elder sister to come, and said, What do
"
you think of the pearls your sister has spit out ?
handing to her as
she spoke the pearls for her to see. She also told her all the details
of the business from first to last. Now the elder sister was a greedy
person, one who thought when she had got five, so she said to
of ten
"
her younger sister, some more pearls. I want to see with
Spit out
my own eyes." Her younger sister was unwilling to do so, and so
she would not spit out any whereupon the mother and elder sister
;

lost their tempers and drove the


young girl out of the room, telling
her to make haste and get the dinner ready, after which the mother
said to her elder daughter, " You think this business of spitting out
pearls is not real, but I saw her spit them out with own eyes, and my
BO I know she can spit them out the reason she does not do so is all
;
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 135

because of her obstinacy. She does not want to let us gain a little
advantage. Never inind, the benefits she has obtained you can also
obtain. You have only got to go to the well and bale out a bowl of
water for an old woman, and the thing is done." " I won't demean
"
myself," replied the elder sister, by drawing water for people. I am
not a servant. should I wait upon an ugly old woman ? I won't
Why
go." Her mother urged her for a long time, and at last she consented,
and went strutting and swaggering off to the well holding a well-
bucket in her hand. On arriving at the mouth of the well she looked
all round, but there was no one, so she sat down with a pout on her
"
lips and grumbled at her mother. This is fooling people," she said ;

"
there no one here, and isn't this making me come for nothing ?
is

Wait till I get back, and if I don't take that lying little baggage and
"
give her a jolly good hiding I'm not a thing.'
'
When she had said
thus far she suddenly heard the sound of a person walking. She lifted
her head and saw a nice-looking old lady standing there in front of
"
her. Good maid," said the lady, " I am thirsty. Won't you give
"
me a little When the elder sister heard the two
water to drink ?

" " "


words ya t'ou (maid) her face flushed, and she said, What maid ?
I am a young lady of an honourable family. If you want water to
"
drink, draw it for yourself." I beg your pardon," replied the old
" I
lady, beg your pardon I have ;
made a mistake. I thought you
were a kind-hearted person, and so I asked you to draw me a little
water to drink. You go back, and when you get home give my
compliments to your mamma and see what jumps out of your mouth
when you speak." When the elder sister heard this remark about
"
things jumping out of her mouth she thought to herself, This surely
"
must be the fairy and she was just about to return her a polite
;

reply, when suddenly


the lady disappeared. The elder sister gave her
eyes a rub and looked again sure enough, there was not a vestige of
"
the lady. This is strange," thought she "just now there certainly
;

"
was a lady standing there. How can she have disappeared ? Then
she slowly walked home, pondering as she went, found her mother
and began to tell her the strange story. She had just opened her
"
lips and said the two words Ma ma," when out jumped two frogs
" "
from her mouth. Ai-ya cried her mother, and asked, " How's
!

The elder daughter replied, " I don't " two more frogs
"
this ?

whereupon she daren't say any more. When her mother saw these
136 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

frogs jump from mouth she got into a furious rage,


her daughter's
and said, "This surely your younger sister's doing she is determined
is ;

to injure you. Wait till I get hold of her and beat her to death."
As she spoke she looked round for a big stick with the intention of
beating her second girl to death.
When young girl heard through the kitchen wall her mother
the

say that she would beat her to death, she didn't wait, but rushed out
bareheaded and ran wildly away. After she had run for some time
she reached a wood and hid there, not venturing to return home.
After she had waited a long time in the wood and did not see her
"
mother come she became a little more composed in mind. Since I
cannot return home," thought she, "I must think of some way of
finding some other person's home in which to live. Unfortunately I
am a girl. If I was a man, that could be easily managed. All that
I can do is to find some family and exchange my ability to cook for
food and clothing." So she got up and walked into the wood,
proposing to find some road that passed through the wood. She
walked a long time, but the farther she walked the denser became
the wood. By this time the girl was not only tired but was also
both hungry and thirsty and could not walk any farther, so she sat
down and began to cry. Who would have thought that just at the
time she was crying there a young gentleman heard the sound of her
crying? He hastily bored his way through the thick foliage and
there saw an extremely beautiful girl sitting on the ground crying.
Gentle reader, would you guess who this young gentleman was ?
He was none other than the eldest sou of the Prince of that place,
who was hunting in the forest, and most opportunely came across the
young girl. This young nobleman was both dignified and handsome,
and was moreover of the most compassionate disposition. The thing
he could least endure was the sight of anyone suffering hardship or
calamity and so directly he saw the girl crying there his heart was
"
touched, and he hastily asked, Why are you crying so, young lady ?
Is it that you have lost your way, or is it that you have suffered some
"
wrong ? When the young girl heard the sound of a human voice
she was really like a dead person come to life again, and hastily
"
replied, Ah good sir, my deliverer, you have arrived most oppor-
!

tunely; I was waiting here to die." What did she think at this
crisis about spitting out pearls or not ? And so, a? she spoke, pearls
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 137

went dropping from her mouth. The young nobleman was very
much surprised, and promptly asked the reason, whereupon the girl
told him the particulars of the story that has been narrated above
The subsequent story need not be told in detail. The same principle
holds good all over the world. A good-looking young nobleman, an
elegant and handsome girl have we not here to hand an appropriate ;

match ? Of course the young gentleman helped the girl to rise and
slowly conducted her to his palace, where his mother carefully
nursed her, and in a few days the girl was quite well again. The
Prince was just looking for a satisfactory person to give his son to
wife and this girl exactly suited his ideas moreover, she had the ;

capacity of spitting out pearls. So it was not a month before the


wedding took place and a virtuous and handsome nobleman and an
elegant young lady became husband and wife.
If you ask what subsequently became of the elder sister who spit
out frogs, this will not take many words to tell. When the elder
sister saw that every time she talked, frogs jumped from her mouth,

she was afraid to speak and in course of years she became dumb,
while her mother became ill from vexation and died.

H shan 4

ffi
virtue.

pao
4
, goodness, virtuous,

,to requite] reward, re- 8.


sws- }--"-
tui
4
,
a pair, a match.
1

\ 3
compense, J| chang ,
to grow
Jjg yingSto reward] requital. $J ti was good
9.
^ chuan*, a record,
2
story.
hand
#f hao
4
3
lookin.
ch'uan ,
to transmit, 5f k'an
4
down.
10. ^pu not only.
2
before tan 4 only, but
fj ch'ien ,
) formerlv
fo
{ ,

3
mei handsome,
che, here, -\j,
sometimes ing. J
^' 11.
12.
I ,

2
to be fond of.
beautiful.

p t'eng ,

3jji
kua 3 , few, soli- \
| nan 2 , difficult cannot ob-
|

tary I a widow. 13. I


ject,
4 4
# fu , woman,\vife j ( kuai ,
to ob- find fault
(
3 with.
% Jung4 appearance,,
face ject
j
3
|j inao manner, > facial ap-
, f so } that which was
14.
airl pearance. ^ kuai 4 ) objected to.
138 THE CHINLSE LANGUAGE
1
15. jig lien
2
even. i ) at oneand the
,
33.

ft ta
3
,
verb
of]
to sweep,
^ pien 4
,
side $ same time.
16. action I to sweep 34. 4 tobe P Uzzled -

^ sao
3
,
to sweep J out. imtn ]
1
3
ft ta verb of action ) to draw
,
7" ya forked! a female
, ser-
17. 3 35. > vant, a serving
7jtshui water $ water. ,
2
5f t'ou ,
headJ maid.
3
18. ft ching ,
a well.
HS chao 4 36.
accord-
,
as was her
19. ing to wont.
4
|,H yang ,
fashion 4 serve no pur-
37. chung
^ lao 3

2
. old I an old woman,
3 fflyung
4 ,
;
useless.

20. woman > Iao -p'o, a


^|
^
p'o
tzu
,

J wife.
38. ^ lang 4
,
a wave, dissipated,

r 3
profligate.
21. f shang ,
to bestow, reward,
gaze upon. 39.
3
22.
|| kan )
promptly, forth-
3
f chin
fun" 3
j with.
1,1barrel.
40.
^?l idle gossip.

23. 5
si"
;_
)
^
i
a bucket,
i
j'flij
mien 3

^p tzu j 41. 3 shy, bashful.


f $L t'ien
24. Q k'uai 3
or yao 3
,
to dip, bale,
42. || ch'ou
3
, ugly, offensive, dis-
ladle out.
graceful.
U Z 4
25. IS *
4
i_ f to wait upon. 43. ]^ t'iao to jump.
jt| hou
,
5

26.
$f hao
3
) benefits, advan- ^ ping 4
1
4
(ping intensifies the
44. never
^ ch'u
4
j tages.
$ mei
2
J
>
negative)
did.
27. H tive
k'o
1
,
a bead the numera-
of beads, precious
;
a bead; the nurnera-
tive of beads, pre-
stones. 45. k'o 1
cious stones, trees,
H pao 3
precious | a pearl, chu
,
1-
&c.
28. > tzu, pearls 1

J^ chu1 pearl J or beads. 46. kuang )


bright, shining,
, 4
liang J lustrous.
29. ^ pien 4
,
to
2
change ^changed
into.
chien
jg; ch'eng ,tobecome5 3
47. ch'i / to pick up.
2
yiin ,
cloud ^
30. 3 cloudg>
ts'ai variegated ,

1
31. Pt p'iao whirled by the wind, ,

floating in the air.


4
j^r ch'a origin- ,
\ to be sur-
32. ally to brag >
prised,
4
J| i , strange I astonished.
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 139
140 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE
2
va >
to shake)strutting,
g9 f& 3 97.
In! pai ,
to spread ^swaggering.
3
\ ying , shadow, vestige.
at one and the
same thinking,
thinking as she
3
_ hsiang walked.
2
tg ha a
)
frotr

1
1^ ai ! an exclamation of
or >
.pleasure, pain, or
1
1| ai ]
surprise.
3
/ff yu )
intentionally, de-
4
i
jt 5 signedly.

ment plain. j
ftzfH*-
2

hu 2 how, blindly, to make pg ko sepa-\ separated ,


by
ffl ,
rated I the wall, on
a fool
88.
^ nung
recklessly
4
, to do, of, de-
104. ^ cho 2
\ the other
ch'iang I side of the
make ceive. Jill ,

wall )
wall.
1
f^ chia household utensils, 1
)
Jfc kuang !

> furniture, a "bag-


\k huo
3
J gage."
105. ^ cho bareheaded.
t'ou
2
>

J
i/
4
i )a turn, time (used of
90. a meal, a beating,
106. ^ huu wildly, confusedly. 4
,

I tun 4
&c.).
107. ^ ts'ang hide, conceal. 3
2
,
to

pu* hao a good while, long )


108.
91.
|
a good-for-nothing,
a useless person.
^ chiu time. 3
)

'
>f}
hsin 1 ) ease or quietude
hsi 1 109. 4
1 /j? ting j of mind.
1

92. sheng sound, noise] sound ,

| 1 110.
yin sound,, tone, >of any
notes. Rad. 180. J kind. 3
111. i^JL
i ,
to take.
3
t'ithe body
,
)
respect-
93.
| mien 4 the face \ able. 112.
,
I
1
94. shen
n, deep, thick ) ,

| 113. d
| , thick, close j
ma 1 nurse, mother} 114. i o
4
95. ?
ma 1
,
mama '
hungry. ,

J
3 tsou 3 could not walk,
4 j

wen ) to ask after a person's 115. 'A


pu > could not walk.
hao 3 > health, to greet. tung
4
farther.
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 141

120. of that place.


; |

121.
3E wang
2

P
136. ^ shih 4
> a story.

137. hsiu 4 elegant, accom-


122. a nobleman's son. ,

plished.
1
timely )fortu-
1
ch'ia a good or
123.
,
3
| chia good,
,
j
ch'iao , lucky j nately. 138. excellent >
happy
| ou 3 a pair
, j match.
124. 2
to assist,
fu, hold] helped
^ chien see 4
, 139. ch'i
3
up[
her
125.
^ hsing disposition, tem- 4

2
) lai
2 I

up.
^f ch'ing perament. 5 3
fu ,
to soothe, I to nurse,
^ kind, kind- com pas-
tz'u
2
,
1
140.
3
pacify I take
126. ness, mercy sionate, to
\ H yang , gentle
^ pei pity, sym-
1
,

sad
merci- /

lul.
nourish
I
'
care of.
pathy, j
3
127. % jen ,
to endure.

128.
^ k'u 4
3
,
bitter 1 trouble,
142.
HI nan trouble, /sorrow,,
ability, capacity.
misfortune misfortune. )

^ mi bewildered
2
puzzled, ,

lost the
129.
7 liao
4
way. l
5l tao 144. |5 f* ^ t husband and wife.

130.
^ wei 3
,
to send, de-
bend down
pute,
1
in-
tice, in course of time.
/fg ch'u , bent,
wrong. .
after a long time.
justice
^ chiu 3
131. Il/g
ni 1 , an interrogative par-
3
ticle, a final particle. "
E& ya ) dumb, a dumb per-
1
2 pa son.
and, and yet. Kad. I

132. erh )
fljj ,

126. 147. @ yin


1
,
because ofl
142 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

XI".

THE STORY OF THE MAGIC BEAN.

CHAPTEE I.

A GREAT many hundred years ago, I cannot precisely remember how


many years it was, there was a widow. This widow was very poor,
and when her husband died he did not leave her any property except
one small house, two acres of ground and a cow. This widow had
only one son and the two of them depended entirely for their sub-
sistence upon the milk which this cow gave. Unfortunately the son
was not a good son ; he did not help his mother in the least to look
after the household and all he thought of was playing with his little
friends in the street. So, after several years had passed, as the
income did not equal the expenditure, the widow owed a considerable
number of debts and the proprietors of the shops in the village
"
would not sell her anything. You owe us & considerable amount
"
of money," said they, you do not pay us the money you owe us
and still come to us here to demand things. That won't do ; we also
have wives and children, and if we give you tilings for nothing how
are we going to live ?" So it came to pass that one day the widow's
son (I forgot to say that his name was Chieh-ko) came home in the
"
evening and wanted some food to eat. My son," said his mother,
"
I have really no help for it there is no money in the house, none of
;

the shopkeepers will give me credit and we must go to bed hungry."


On getting up the next day the widow said to Chieh-ko, " son, I My
have been thinking all the night, and there is really no other way,
we must sell the cow ;
so you take it and lead it to the market and
sell it."So Chieh-ko, with an empty stomach, took the cow and led
it away. He had not walked very far when he met a butcher. The
butcher asked him, "Where are you driving this cow of yours to?"
"I am driving her to market to sell," replied Chieh-ko, and as he
spoke he gazed at some things that the butcher held in his hand ;
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 148

"
they were neither round nor square, neither blue nor green. What
are those things that you are holding in your hand?" asked he.
"
These are very rare things and are worth a great deal of money,"
"
the butcher told him. If you want them I will exchange this bag-
ful of them for your cow." Now Chieh-ko had always been a simple
child and he did not know that the things which the butcher was
carrying were only beans; but the butcher did not know that
amongst these beans there was a magic bean. If you ask what is a
magic bean, read on farther and you will know. Chieh-ko took
what the butcher was saying to be the truth, so he took the cow and
exchanged her for the beans. He returned home in high spirits and
told his mother how he had come across the butcher, and how the
butcher had in the kindness of his heart given him these pretty beans,
and how he had given the cow to the butcher. Directly his mother
"
heard this story she began to cry, and said, You good-for-notliing
"
boy, will not this cause us to die of hunger ? and as she spoke she
took the beans and threw them into the garden, the mother and son
going hungry to bed.
The next morning early when Chieh-ko got up he went to the
window and looked out, when he saw a big tree. " This is strange,"
"
thought he to himself, yesterday there was no tree in the garden ;

how could a big tree like this have grown up in one night ? " He
hastily went down to look, and sure enough there was a big tree
which grew so high that when he looked up he could not see the top.
Chieh-ko did not wait to say anything to his mother, but climbed up.
He climbed for several hours before he reached the top, and when he
looked round on all sides from the top of the tree there was no sky,
all was ground. By this time Chieh-ko had not only come out all
over perspiration but he was also very tired, so he got down on to
the ground from the top of the tree and directly he lay down he fell

asleep. How long he sl-ept before he waked I do not know, but by


this time, as Chieh-ko had not eaten anything for two days, he was

naturally insufferably hungry and all he thought about was finding


something to eat. He looked all round him, but there were no
houses and no people, so he walked forwards, thinking that perhaps
he might find a house and demand a little food from the people in
the house to appease his hunger. He walked for several miles and
crossed over a small hill, when he saw right in front of him a large
144 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

house. "When Chieh-ko saw this house he was much rejoiced in


heart,and quickly ran to the front door and rang the bell. The bell
sounded loudly, aud in a short time a woman came out. Directly
" " "
she saw Chieh-ko, Ai-ya said she,
! what have you come for ?
"
Run away quickly, otherwise you cannot live two days." I do not
"
know what the meaning of your remarks is," said Chieh-ko, but I do
know that if you don't give me something to eat I cannot live even a
single day," and as he spoke he fell
down to the ground and lay there
just like a dead person.
Now the woman was a kindly person at heart, and as soon as she
saw Chieh-ko's condition she picked him up in her arms and carried
him into the House. If you want to know what happened afterwards,
.

kindly read the next chapter.

CHAPTER II.

Now the house that Chieh-ko had come to was not the house of
an ordinary individual. The master of it was a very cruel giant,
whose chief delight was the devouring of small children whom he
went out every day to look for. As the residents of that neighbour-
hood had had a considerable number of their children eaten by the
giant they had all run away, and this was the reasonwhy Chieh-ko
had not come across anyone on the road.
I will now resume the story of Chieh-ko's affairs. When the
woman carriedhim into the house the giant was not at home, having
gone out to look for small children. After a time Chieh-ko came to
again and the woman gave him food and drink and when Chieh-ko ;

had finished his meal he much better, whereupon he asked


felt very
"
the woman, What did you mean when you said just now that I
could not live two days here? I don't understand." "You do not
"
know," said the woman, that my husband is a very dreadful giant
and is particularly fond of eating small boys. Directly he hears you
are here he will take you and eat you." When Chieh-ko heard this
he began to be afraid, and was just going to run away when he heard
the loud voice of a man calling outside. The woman hurriedly took
Chieh-ko and put him into a big iron stove (there was no fire in the
stove) and told him to hide in there and not to make the slightest
sound, otherwise her husband would certainly eat him. As she
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 146

spoke she went out to open the door for her husband. The giant
had been unsuccessful in his search for small children and having
returned empty-handed he was naturally full of rage. Directly he
came into the room he lifted up his head, gave a sniff, and said, " I
"
smell the smell of a small child." What are you talking about ?"

replied his wife, "there are no small children here, this is dream
talk." The giant gave a grunt and sat down, telling his wife to
make haste and bring the supper, whereupon the old woman brought
in a whole pig from the kitchen and the giant ate it all, besides

drinking several large jars of wine, after which his anger gradually
" "
subsided. Then said he,Bring the hen and his wife brought in a
;

"
big hen and put it on the table. Lay a golden egg," said the giant ;

"
and the hen laid a large golden egg. Lay another," said the giant ;

and the hen laid another. So it went on, the hen laying five or six
large golden eggs in succession as the giant gave the order. At this
time, as there was not much air in the stove, Chieh-ko had gently
pushed open the door a little, and looking out through the crack in
the door he saw the hen laying the golden eggs. Thought he to
"
himself : If we could have a magic fowl in our house like that we
should never suffer hunger all our lives," and the more he thought
about it the more he coveted the fowl. After a while the giant,
having drunk too much wine, became sleepy. First he nodded and
afterwards went to sleep. Chieh-ko waited till he was sound asleep
and then, creeping stealthily out of the stove, made a grab at the
magic fowl and ran off. If the fowl had not cried out nothing would
have happened, but it gave several squawks in succession and the giant
woke up with a start. Directly he opened his eyes and saw Chieh-ko
running off with the fowl under his arm he gave chase and, my word !

the race was a terrible one. If the giant had caught up Chieh-ko

there would be no occasion to proceed farther with this story, but


where the advantage came in was this Chieh-ko was young and the
:

giant was both old and fat Chieh-ko was the first to get to the top
;

of the tree, and" although he was panting so that he could hardly


breathe, he did not wait, but hastily climbed down, the giant climbing
down after him. Chieh-ko got down to the ground first and looking
up he saw the tree waving backwards and forwards, so he knew the
giant was coming down after him. He saw an axe on the ground,
and picking it up he hacked at the trunk of the tree with all his
L
146 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

might. In a short time the trunk of the tree snapped and down fell

the gi tut, the ground, and died.


bumped on
The sequel does not require much telling. The magic fowl laid

golden eggs for Chieh-ko every day, and so he soon became very rich.
Afterwards he married the daughter of a high official and had five
sons. These five sons also married when they grew up and each one
of them also had five sons besides a number of daughters, and the
three generations all lived happily together in one large enclosure.
After the fowl had laid a good many tens of thousands of golden
eggsit died. Chieh-ko was very fond of the fowl and was unwilling
tobury it in the ground, so he skinned it, stuffed the skin with straw
and put it into a glass case, which is still kept in the house of
Chieh-ko's descendants. If anyone does not believe it he can go
to the house and see.

Possibly there may be people who assert that Chieh-ko was not a
Chinaman. I venture to ask, how do they know ?

kao 1 high the


,
repetition
' j
4
J| hsing ,
I intensifies the

w
14.

15. to throw, throw


away.
1
ch'uang a
,
win-]
16. do w>a window.
4
hu ,
a door J

2
18. JR3 p'a ,
to climb, crawL

19.
f ''^perhaps.
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 147
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 149

XI s .

THE DOG THAT REPAID A KINDNESS.

IN the district city of Wu-hu, on the Yangtsze Kiver, there was a


merchant named Wang who had been in business there for twenty
odd years and had made a fortune of a lakh and more of taels. As
he was over fifty years of age, he relinquished his business and made
up his mind and
to return to his place of domicile, there to rest
foster his old age. As soon
had come to this decision he hired
as he
a junk, placed his baggage on board and selected an auspicious day

upon which to set sail on his return to his home. Just as the junk
was about to get under way old Mr. Wang saw from the deck a man
tying up a dog on the river's bank, with the evident intention of
killing it to eat. Old Mr. Wang, observing the pitiful appearance
of the dog, thereupon went ashore, gave the man a few cash and
ransomed the dog's life. Directly the dog was released Mr. Wang
returned on board the junk and ordered the skipper to get undei
way. The dog followed him on to the junk and would not leave his
Bide; but Mr. Wang did not take much notice of the dog, only
casually throwing him scraps to eat at meal-times. Now, this
skipper and his mates were not respectable people. On the contrary,
they were river pirates ofmany years' standing ; and when they saw
that their passenger had brought with him by no means an incon-
siderable amount of baggage they conceived the idea of murdering
him and distributing his effects amongst themselves. They accord-
ingly proceeded to pole the junk to a solitary spot and took out
their swords with the intention of killing old Mr. Wang. When
Mr. Wang saw their savage demeanour he realised that his end had
"
come ;
so he said to them, Since you want to do me to death, all
I ask is that you me the favour of leaving me with an
will do
unmutilated body." This request seemed reasonable to the pirates,
so, after consulting amongst themselves for a short time, they pro-
ceeded to thrust Mr. Wang into a sack and having tied up the
150 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

mouth with cord they threw both sack and man into the
of the sack
river. Directly the dog saw the sack which contained his benefactor
thrown into the river, he jumped after it, took it into his mouth and
floated down the stream with it. After floating for some time he
reached a spot where the water was shallow and his four feet found
ground. The dog then waded through the water, and having dragged
the sack to the river's edge, proceeded to gnaw the cord with which
the sack was tied, with the intention of releasing his benefactor. He
gnawed for some time but failed to undo it, so he ran to a house that
overhung the river and howled loudly in front of the door. The
inmates came out and when they saw the dog howling and at the
;

same time running towards the river's bank they followed him to
the bank and there they saw the sack. They undid it, and inside
they saw a man half dead and half alive. They hastily carried him
between them to the house, took off his clothes and after lustily
rubbing him for some time he came to and proceeded to tell them
the foregoing episode. Although these men were simple country
folk they were none the less possessed of consciences, so they nursed
him for several days and then placed him upon one of their small
boats and sent him to a neighbouring market town. As luck would
have an old friend of Mr. Wang's lived in this market town, so he
it,

went to look up this friend, borrowed money from him, rewarded the
countrymen and sent them back to their home. After this he stayed
a few days in the friend's house waiting for a convenient vessel upon
which to return to his home. One day old Mr. Wang and his friend
were walking on the river's edge, the dog following as usual, when
the dog suddenly ran on board a junk that was lying alongside the
shore, seized a man on board the junk by the leg and held him fast.
Mr. Wang hastily jumped on board the junk with the intention of
driving the dog off. He gave a look the man that the dog had hold
of was none other than the chief of the pirates! Old Mr. Wang
thereupon cried out, some bystanders ran up, and Mr. Wang told
them the whole story of how the skipper of this junk had tried to
murder him. The men thereupon bound the skipper of the junk and
afterwards searched his vessel, in the hold of which Mr. Wang's

baggage was still stowed. There were the pirates and there was the
booty. Wasn't this sufficient evidence ? If it be asked how, for the
moment, old Mr. Wang had not recognised the junk and the skipper
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 151

of the junk, it was all due to the fact that the pirates had
painted
the junk a different colour and had changed all the clothes they

originally wore.
Dear ! dear ! A dog who thus repays a favour can surely afford an
example to those who forget benefits and are ungrateful for kindness
shown !

4 1
$ pao to requite to requite k'ai start on a
,
| 12. jto
1. Jj[ en 1 grace, fa-
,
> a kind- ch'uan 2 voyage. )
3
vour, kindness J ness. lao old the manager
,
13. |
2.
^ 2
ch'ang long } the Yang-
1
,
3
pan board) of a shop, &c.
,

tt chiang a river)tsze Eiver. , ho 2 river ,


)the river's
^H wu 2 abundant ,
2
yen bank, edge) edge. ,

3.
(not used col- 3
pang to bind, tie up. ,

loquially) i
1
a
2 [of dogsi
88 hu a lake
,

, 2
t'iao ,
the classifier La dog.
4
4. hsien a departmental kou 3
J||i ,
%ty , dog
district.

n chih
1
) a district magis-
17. ^ tsai
3
,

3
to slaughter animals.
4:0. 18. ts'an pitiable, pitiful,
hsien 4 ) '{| ,
trate.
cruel.

5.
5^ ngl a
merchant, trader.
j 19.
-^
6.
^ ko 1
, put |
to relinquish,
"I*"
hsia4 ,
down ) lay down.
20.
^ ting 3
4
|
made up his mind,
came to the de-
fift ming
4
,
life
jr chu >
ts'un
4
inch
^ i
4

3
termination. vj-

pu pace
4
,
,
\

I never left his


\ 21. 4
pen , original, pu not ,
side.
j
2
li /
{Jjjf , separate
chi 2 a regi , 1
place of JE cheng correct
2 9' ,
j respect-
population
hence place
;
domicile. ^ ching past 1
, ) able.

of domicile 23. ^ atsei


2
, thief, robber.
3
^H yang to cherish, to foster
,
| 24.
nurture? his old
3 3
3* lao ,
old J
age. ch'i ,
to raised the idea,
]
1
of 25. raise? it occurred to
10. 1g chih ,
classifier ships,
4
birds, &c. i ,
idea ) them.
3
#f hao an auspicious day chun', equal, 1
i
4
11. H jih I according to the 26.
tzu J calendar.
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE
1
2 ac- t'o to take to take
fig sui according] they
,
, off,]
1
27. \
cordingly 45. [shed> off one's
1

^ chiu then 4
,
J
proceeded. shang j clothes.

28. ^ ch'eng to 1
, pole, push off. JS 7^ simple ]

pi
4
,
secluded se- R min 2
, subjects,
29. j
4 people J
ching quiet, stilljcluded. ,

1
30. tao , a sword. 47.

e7 were
48. 4
, remain, stillpos-
1
31. ft sha , to kill.
exist sessed of.
4
nung make, do 1 to do to fu 4 near adjoining, in
,
32 pfj" ,
-

n ssu 3
,
die
2
5 death.
49.
j

> the neigh-


ch'uan ,all, whole, l

whole jj chin4 near ,


J bourhood.
33.
shen 1 body. ,
complete > , ,

50.
^ chen 4
,
a marketl
own >
amarket
8 mu- 4 town.
pi ,
that mutually, tien ,
an inn ,'
| Jjij
34. > tual, amongst 4
^g pien ,
a con-
tz'u
3
this J each other, convenient]
,
51. > venient
35. * k'un* 4
to bind)
Mnd ^ ch'uan 2
, vessel j vessel,
shang , up $
ff! lung
3
to
drag,] lay along- ,

hsien 2 to hold to hold fast ,


j
52. lay alongside > side the
36. in the mouth > in the 4
an , the shore j shore.
J^s
4
chu mouth.
, fast, tight!
53. ^ sou 1
,
to search.

54. H ts'ang
1
1
,
the hold of a ship.
r
liu
4
current $$ tsang , booty.
,

38. & fou 2


,
to float. 56. ^ chii
4
, evidence.
4
shang ) to put on paint,
2
57. yen
4 to paint.
2 se j
te ,to obtain
|

39. J liao
4
>found ground.
58.
ti , ground )

40. M fang 1
to wade. shih 4 , the world,
,
a] ^
3 59.
41. PH k'en to gnaw.
chieh
,

8
,
loosen ]
could not
, ,
ishan^ir^P
4 I 60. ^ fu 4 to be ungrateful
4
,
for.

61. i , kindness, public spirit,


a
43. fig lin ,
to approach, neigh- high character.
3
bouring. pang ,
list
of]
62. names >an example
4
yang ,
fashionU
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 153

m ei
-t
W;6
, A,
154 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

ffi

m tt
fl iE
T , It
SB Ift *
A, A ft
A , 56 7 *
fl tt
m
7, A,
7 E
* 56
W ^: SS H 51
7
ffl^r
iz* SB
, tt ffi lEj ft
ft fl, ^t 05
7 *
4ffl
m X
= ^T jit

jg
tt T
*, i& 53 Aff
A,
7, S H5 $& tr
I 8 m
/^ yb *, -
S iffi* 3 & n
IEJ

*
ffl *
%
7, - &
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 155

ft
47
m
# fl
tt m 7Ji^
It
*, 7
ft f A *
50
in

* I *J

131
Till
Pi W
^jC* "7^
J ^ \y*

7 T
m
#, * o lit

IP *, ft - J?g

S * 7, ffi SI 7
SI5

* ia * w 4 *
fl T - R
T *^
m ^ ^ gj ft
^
*i T , R ft 10 m tt
m s
in A
*, Tit

fc llHJ
^g I I

* *, #
JE
n
flt A 7

7
156 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

tt a
m vt s
A P IS K ft ffi >^ B

to ft 6
22
P ]E *
^rb 34
tK
321.
BE , m
-trr -fffl
?O ft I
A, R
flf ffl 7 ^
* it i' m
7 ^ ffl m
flS W tg
-
23
ft 5B,
A WL R
5 ft * ffl wfc

?
*. T,
*
7,
ft *,
p 7, -
S5 10
7,
ft 915 m
P *
SI
25
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 157

XI. 3

THE DOG THAT REPAID A KINDNESS.


CHINESE TEXT.

A, *, -t * 7, w ft
2

is
20
* *rm m K ft
7 *, a
m S 7, Ml
A w 7 '
7
- 7 +

^ 15
at ffi IEJ IB
*
*'*., SI f-
- it
^h: -J^ 8 tia
"*
X

*fr i-
W. -L.

"*
>
In^ ^th IK, Jl i, ^ I>
3E *, W fT 7 ^ ifc ?ffi tt
M M tt
11
jft SP
^ B T BK T

IE)

^ll $*
Aft
WM TJ , 7 12

M
i*
** 10
158 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

^ ffl T T
1

fP ) A H ffi *
* * *
i IB * JS &
P *
II,

A,
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 159

m S, ffi ^^ fi +t *
J9f *ft 7- <S It fi
K T, |fc * ft JS JE
ft * W EF T X
a *n$ *, 7, x
m 58

7
T T, m T,
iJEL

^ 7

?fc is ^ IB a T

T ffl $ ft W, iS
$H x KB ft T ft

A
*,*,*!
IB & SB" tt
*
T
it
W i S| T SI M
J TO^ ^ ^^^ "2J* J Pjfq

J* ^ ^P & 4r ffil

7, m
7 ft ^7C *B Kw^ IU
10 Si;' ^
ft,
1=1
77 fi T
SI5 JLj J

W IB SB ^
160 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

*r a, T
, m PI & - W
4 H M 43
10 ft, ?
7 IE H$ iJI5

.48

T ^.
tfc .&:*' ft 7
- SI
W B| a' * ft.
W *r 7 fl A 10, T
* tt - 7 41

7 T- tt
" SB
45

55

ft,
46
IE
-
H
7 7, -IT fc

7 ^, T
* 7

T
T
53

.
T,
11.
7 7, a
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 161

tt
p?
se
^ @ m m
C 7
si - * ft w *r a, -ft

l * *, si * jfe.

* 7 * 88: gt In 14
T it' T m m
14 ft it ' ji ^
m a A SB
# * ^ ^ Jtt K s
* , M n, M 31

tt
*. 'K X S A
m T
*
m Pi 7 ffi ft
33
4
T ffi,
HB
*
rK ^ , ffl

&
.

1^ TC\ J\*

N
*
* A
is, *,
- 32

a ft
^ s
* ft tr lej P2 A
7 SE * tt.
7, m
162 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

a ,
a ffi a IB

Hfc

A
A
a _
T
PS il

tt T *^LW
A, g T, $ u/i
jtB
i4J
JU ^
Ft.

ft a 7, * T
*
30
ft * fir

Bfc JB, H i, A
^ m
%
*.
SB
H

T, P
f\ in SP -f*

a
-t 10 )t"
M n
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

Jt W A 7 T, 1*

* 5 IB T, T
fB it
*' '
is sif % 24

S. <jl. fl t T,
ft
at* a a tk

i m T,' E SB'
T
ffi it
a
, T, A
T :
-
|EJ

-i. * s
164 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

m. * ffi

a tt ** * ft
* ft * T,
m 7
-^
W -fc^
*K
~~^
J ^
-^ JArt
IB?

-7- P2 if' 7 if
7
tr
ffl is
* ft

A
*, ^, m
- ^ as a
20
A 7 8 8fe

^^ K, g
~T T^ pj
U J^
^ ft E5 7 m
i^ -*- *a
7 * if * IU Kl^ HI

IX? 21 _Lr-f -*-^t\


-

ffl 7 ffi

7
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 165

T ft ^
7 JK iDi

tt ^, S ft
SB

{&
m-tW ft.}
?**

s it

* * 13

ft
18

7
Rft -W" if tt s
t' 7, fl is,

g
^D
S
yL
M-l
1
1 j

T
g
ft ^ X
* T
T,
1(5(1 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

ft m ft
a

7 m & w
* *. JK pffl $&
7 '
^
* a m iei

H K *
, * 7,
a is a ft JS. W
5iJ |f ffi 7 ^ ffi

^ ?M^ a ^, *R
-t a # w ^ ft
* 7 ^9 S - ^
^, tf
I SR a
7
* 7
H
.

ffl M
& *
7 *'
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

XI. a

THE STORY OF THE MAGIC BEAN.


CHINESE TEXT.

ft
ffi

m
ft -* m
m ^e HA Jv
m ~"
it 5E
W IE
it
1
m HI

It SB T 11 Sft @ ^.
1F1 M h W T-, 4 T W
W W
A m
^ *l W - 7 SU
w *
^M^7fflm* H'

fi4

a *
168 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

# it !*,

134
i
7, 4ffl
^73 /[>

fl ftfl if
B T ?,
]39
*

/h
a *
iffi

W S *' -
*a,
*B
^,
It
x
^c T, I ffi

T SB 5! ft ffi

I fife /> T,
.
s -

-p
>
~"
6fi

T*
rt
I
?! ^ 2
^
tt

158
A,
tfii

5E , T
T,
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

"T i& 126 ft


flT
* T - tft
118
T
A ,

a
,
jfr.,. frtft

3^

-/r
TIE
Hf
*^ -f
^HSJ
tf
JCi>

S ff *
X * * A
9 * M
T,
JW at

/JL i^j/j v^j^* I^ |rf


-*
1 oi y^ &J~t 5^"

^ftfc A> 5i ^ (ft 6^ B$ i&


IB tt J8^ * X W tt f^, ^
X * fi SB fl
A^ ^ T.

tt ^ * 315 *, W 4 A -

* tt S 130
tt
125
^ * Ml ifc 1I5

tt*,*9tft*rw*i*
*f^*SlfSH. W T. 105
170 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

=|
*\~\ >
3JR
2/I-*
5s?
*9 a
ffll
*, tr
a 106
lej

a
T J

tt
VV >^V T B, J, fc

* s s SI tt ift ffi y.

Ah
m 7 JUa
-Ji.
^/L
-i-fc.

^/u |x|^

i* tt * fl
IT A
IE *
i # if
* T ffi

It '& ^ ffi

Sfc Sf tr ft
109
tt 5E ft
~v^

T
** 5P
HL
a ff
*' ft - 102

T *'
5
IEJ T,

ffl *, tt
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 171

* * T * IS m
tr M
ffi *
jf lei tr 7 JS
tr - a' Y
B
ft 7 T
ffl *' ft fill Is I
i*S ft!t ^ , 7 '
ffi

lej t
! * 7 A
ft ft
* ftf c ^H T W
7, ^ i * K' j

I
ffl.
~^ ^K
5J5
j^j-
|w
fill * * Jz IU tt
& ft
ft siT tr
101

7 W a 7 ft f* 10
on *r m ffi il j\u) Bt

tr
TO n5u ^
Ji 7 ffi M A. G

, T -
m
rrr
172 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

* * * * T, a K
* A A PI m & n
ffi ft
A m
lfc 7 7 A ift qfc 1,
* * ft # ft g ,

y 1$ !& P, tr
iSt n 3=-

a, *" ^
85
ir ra 3e, *, AS-

a W, /h A T PJ
81
a #
i *s
89
m 7 ^ *
T," ft M , a ft *
*, m m %C HL J& &
* B ff M' ^ * T
ss # *r ft m' 7 > ia" *
IK

SI y p *

* :
91
J,
4ft

* IH <^ ^
ffi, * "tinCC*

ft ft
m s a
* k JR i
* ft
of
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 178

ffl

i at
-
7

ft
& ft ft 7
3t
ffi

m
T
^T t $fe 1ft Ji
ft" ; ff 7 H * .
.a
n M *
.

si te^ S:
BR fEj^
7
B, ?tS W i^ m
^3 frL.
s\ T^
11 m 72 q

itt, ^ 5. {H
0f ?
- *
ZA 1=1

59 fi tt T 6? St 55^
JS.

^ 75
tic ffi

J nJu

tt T tt
ftt

%
ffl T
174 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

41
is

A ft
ft * w m t- 3141

il'
I

38
M
AJ is-
!R
.'

Js
fill ttt" tt *, :*
ffi IB tt *
58
* *, tt *
#* ffl W, tr
IK si it m
as
fit ft ft
H A, ft @|'
tt ft, ft is, is
* 61
* 4T /C- m
55
A *
48 HB 40

* 56
St 1'
T, * It It T ia.

ft ra T
, tr ^t" p
* A as IS *
. j ft *, *
57
tt *
7 7
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 176

*T
j x T

^32 gn
* 7
2 *
7n 7, i
21
SB -
35
7 * T m m %
(ft . SB

SP ^ SB" M
6 *, * B8
fc- 21 -t

7, tt * *
^ ^ fit SB Jft

8S ^C fa % i
lei W
^H. I ~
y*C
HB
>W^
X'ff
XR
_IJT-
7J
^ P| M ft -fc
27
a s m PJ
X 28
, T M JA T
* a a 41
22
*e #
*, fflt SB 5J * P
tt * ftS ft ft ft
176 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

XL 1
A STORY OF THE RECOMPENSE OF VIRTUE AND
WICKEDNESS.
CHINESE TEXT.

jffi H
- *fl

10 $H. ft, ., ft
A * & *o i(
rfi
RV
JK*
^^ is m &
#, il x
ft
ft M s^t 'S "IS ft, sft S
ffi T-, ft ft 1i /h 5fn it
ffl^^ftftftmW
flftft^ftftftfi
A *ft ffi m fa tR ft A
W *, ft, ^ -S H? IK

ft #w is m tR ft a, ffi

*, X 35 ft S$
12
tR ft
9
ffl

iVf
ft
Jf
35
A^ '
*
*^
m,
*=ir
3|4i
>t=e
ft
~W
4fl
-L4*
*, ffi
T-, ft, ^P *fe

ft is fl& *a ft SP -g
10
w
ffi ft -ft *a g * ^ w (
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 177

AiLl>
4^5

JU JS PI
as * *&

^ > i . # ^
T iS ftfc W ==&
60 ^
/JP R
JJyL
HC
Aim
A
/\

m w BR 59

s w il
178 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

7. Hfe

to 5S

SB SB J, a 1B
tit 18 i A
US n n
*
ft
7, as ft
7> A to
* n
* IT,
*,
e

It 7, 3c .
54

SB to fl- IB. a *
?<ifi
&' fH SB tw m
IT tr SB *f Jp

p 7 *, m
T ?-. 55

ft
m 113 UJ
*. 58 ft. A
tr SB

*
S? tt . 35
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 179

m , *, m
7 % ft
52 a
91 ffl -b ft
ft

m
BV it
38T
n#
TC *
W
9e > .
iVt
Ire
.5!.
ni ,

flL a. ft i a s A JS,
m 1 #J m ft ft W
A M
' '

M. It ff vK' .

SI > f$ ^jE ^ W ^
7 SB * 5E 7 $|, ffl

M t% a so ~P PB
^
A IS fi^ ffi -b A
^ T ft Jii ft St

^ s ^ tt
?fe &
* T> ^c & *
* S ^, F, T
53 il A
SB
ft
HS
K--I ^
/B>
h
I - 4=f
\ j > A m
To ^ m m 0>
51 f ffi T
'It &>; ? 7^ iE fS* 49

A to
180 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

ft,
is ft *.
A $fe

7 -t
7 E, 46

ar, T- IE
M a *, a
ft 7 ^t IE ffi

i&
JS

ft
41.

48
, ffl

)t ig ^
SI ffi ffi 7 tu m 7
fi&
i>T
^
JjyL
-&
XE *&. & *& 45

*r. a *r

- t M <7 BI
ft
SB it X Bi
ft ,

M ^S * f ft X
* iB ?K la IB *>
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 181

B, * ffi 7,
m -T- * a

A
42 41 40

g ffi

7.
g ft ffi

ft *
ft *,
SB
ft * tt *
t3.
*E
I
A. \ m
>/A.
> ^
I-J^T
^
;<i3
>K /& *rn ^

18
ft ffi 35 fflj # if
* tt IK tt
# ft ^o, ft S
tt & n & M.
9 > ^ ift Slf tt
Y ft ft-
'

*, 6
"IjT
^ ~i^ j^o //|
T^J^
^&
R/P *
E fl 44 it iP i^ ft Jgf^

til 16 ^R S tfl )9f ft


ft JB ^ iS ^ JSl
182 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

39 7*
,^
cic
^fy-
Xitn
Jott f #1 A
* ?is. ?

=S S 37

ffl 10 f;
rtKfl
^|r| \
6/i
Hv 5^
*X^4
~rr

IB aS.
W. ^
*
38 . m
1
^. 3C

m
xe. T.
a 7.
3- 3E 9t
^ ^ g |gt

4T tt B i a
- W A
tr na
^i ^ fe m W
^ AA
is.
Si -t
sis S w
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 183

ffl 7,

51 ff
35 Vt A f >

ifcg W x

35 ffc W S
#i '1^: ;& ft , 7
it J /h u ^ a
jfc
7 *
A a 34 B 32 &
a is r. ift

A
a *
, 7 7, Ji 7.
m
7
IB. > 7
33

A
lei

A A
Ift > *, M *,
F

3D 3 Ji
184 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

T % ^fc A * IE!

m Bg
1 il tfc

m tt T- J^ * 1
n a ti a
&
a tfc

* f ift *, *
IBJ tr ^ a a ^
a
*M*
ft ft ft&> ^ ffl ffl fi
^fe
rw IB

5fn $i
zfc fit

:fc ft B5 1 A>
f

$1
I
iE
f
)E
ftfc

'

1B JS
[I
I )1

"Sjtf^

Sfc^ *

ft @
a - ft f:
a m tr * ft
BS
***^n
*!"-.
*^f^*

JZ. ttta
^J^ % MJ'HJ
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 185

m, ft
ft ft 1SL IS,
m ft -m IS
"f-T
"GST
I^>
T-> 7 > IB! a
is xv 29

m
IS
ft. SB
m , ft
7 a #.

, ft 39I5

f:
m
T,
i t, n * *
i m n- 30

^^ -t F
8l i m
1 A tt 9k*
ft 3 -H q $ ic
3 H. Mi 7 ^ *> ft> ^
* "^> iltiCc $5 IB )S $ 7 >

A, $1 a ^ T 1
1B 5lB ft
ft m m m. m m
^ IEJ ft m -F .1 *
> a* -fi, i ^ -
186 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

7 tf 25 24 a,
SO m T a S15

AT m
tt ^ 4-
m 7;
(Ej, * ^> ?K
& tfc,

s an fit

*
SU 2: *
K 7> JB
a 23

fiB

28 g
, 7. * -
7 ^ at m
fl E t-
7. 7. m * #a

jtt A
4* 10
7, 7. a
fit

fit

il
K 27 7 *
7, 26 IE] PS
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 187

ft IE]

SB *
a 1
& SB
7 m tf SB
21 ^ SB tt
7 SB . ft.
a ffi ft
fir , 7>
ft TU>
B* ^c ^ S tr
[ ^. n
f* m, SB IP
IP!
B.
x
m
^. \
A
^ 20

B ft et A
j* f* BIF . 7> M
SB
T
22 ffi

ftfi *
ft

. 7,
ft 7

SB
188 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

^ 19 -$

* a IP ft
*
fi #? i W a
S 7 Hk ^
ft
*n * a
5 7. - sc fir

K *.
* Ji ft W il
ft
1 * ft fi
T o Mi 1'u a IE
ffl ft
bt ,H
5^ XS 7, a
S ft JfiF ffi

W >t '8 W lej

Ji. ft is a t: PI M,
[ ft SB m
Pi tt.
f 7, ft
^> ^ ^
f: tt it ft

& il
E IE
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 189

I; JS a *r
7> ffl

f:
m 7
_t ft

- A.
it, ft
w, . ft ig
t 7. A
S *
ft
17

ft.
i fa W.
A ^ ^
jFfe
7PS , ft
7 16

a
7,
M. ft A
to a fl
if S
7. PR %

7, * <R l
ft
, SB it' , i
190 THE LftfftE.SE LANGUAGE

tt tt SB m 7. m ffi

m m 7 a 7 f

& ft Ui ft _t tt
#r SB s -^, ff
^ tt
tt 1* S SB tt In It IS
fls 7 SB a tt
7 & si # 5 ^
J8 is

SB SB 1

w flj ffl 7 i^ tt fg.


tt tt
flj * SB It. 7
SB fr _t it

wt
tt. .
^ J m *
ft,
*
? JW ii 7 tr 7 tt
7. 12

tt tt
if
^
m
M tt
ft 7.
M tt tr, 7.
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 191

if 10
A A
te

ft
35
7 7y^
M
,

IB
I -

;$
^
^t
3$
i
ffi

ft>
m tt # K 8B, ,

tr 7 T> w m 1 it
K, - f ^
8 ^ ^ * ft
"4
& HI] m A-rt
10
I >'

AI

>
I

1?t
1 1 1

^
r^ f-

A ^ a 7 $s
tr T 7, - ft
;E 7, ft # -JO ft!i $,
+ 4
* 7,
*
11

>"^
*EL 7, tu ffi ^
ft * *
tft A JS 7 n 7.
* *E T.
A
A.
W PI 10 M, W H
f* *, SI5 4 ti T
192 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

X.

CHINESE TEXT.

A, ffi

na, & @
>
m
'
&
BT tt 4$ .
tt tt 4t > m
A ft $5 n 3 a ft $ n
^ 7>SF ffi $L-yS M ^r
S i- T^Bi
fffi S$ fe fix/ IK,
Si 1 W ffi B. ^ *, x gfe

ffi, iffi,, 31, T ^ ffl *>


ffi fifi, fifi, ^ fi4 ^ ?E (Ej gfe,
a e T, a * ^
f^ S S5 fPI i$ 35 X $ ^
S S,*,F,F PS 2 J*'^-
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

PI ft
4^ > iir 9f-

a
jg m' a
w m
& ?t 67

SB }js m SB Hi
T>
SB
66 7,
A a
71

ail

SB Jf. ^ 68 ^
m fr. a w at
J *
*
^ 69 11 4 A
?5 IS 70
* * 5c ^
^
| i
i
prr

^ SB & * m
5B iff

ft & fl% il *. SB
JM ft
IK * ~T ^
W *
ffi

*
194 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

m *> T, 7 W
7 Q PI ?R
PI 7,
7
if K SB
7 ft 64

A
7 , 1i
7, 7 T
M 7 63 a,
i M
m 7. 7
&
* ^ ff
7, ^ ft SB
4
a
7 tr o
65
PI m
v tS. 7
7. 81
ff- tt - 7
,

W 7
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 195

@F $- fe @ #P IS
ffi ft T T 4 m
SB
/nj
ft
/fc-
58
irfi?
7 + *
#
irt.
1 fE 59 1* ^H

T is na m 7, 05
61 a. * H
s: m
flit

7
. P 3t
a F$ a M
7 % ^7 *
9
015 7,

PI
3H a
62 & 015 05
a 7 n Jt
*r 60 *
ft
57

P IS I a t, 05
7, tt, n&
59

-tfc.
196 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

*
ft
& m m m
K #> & * #
a . 7, fl SS tU
ft , it
H T*
a,
cut
#
i-f-t
;E h SSS T*
IE ^ ? te 7,
tt /?. s s T
^P fi ^ )S ~F B
to
5<T ^
=r fi&
>2& fJ >

p
U 7
a JSo W te fi P]
7 Ih Ml fft IM
tt ^ ^ fl gg a
JW IE ff i? w
ft 7.
015 W
-^H. *~JL
7T
nm
W)
/A
Wti
-H
3? ^ a
# ft ff m 7 us *
55 H 54 A * ^ tt
& IS, ft ft 7 fPI IB
m ft ife fl- W 52 H
t 64 ft %
931 g a a
T,
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 197

ft *, ff Jfi
44

T * * *
- 7 f A, li 3t,
* J5>S *E 5

W. ft
a 7. T !A >$
m ft -ft

AUk **, ft. j

^v .^P*

Yrtj "Y*
IT* > J * *fi

ff W. ft A
flfi. ft

* 4K 45

^7
H ,
51
PS
-fig
W
14
ft
j^;
46

^
In' 64 SB JlS ft^ iS^

<* 7J ffi ?, W, fl

T fit

til 7/ T ft. * 48
198 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

5 * S - 38 #, *
s SR, ^ JS S* 1 ffi

43 Jg
m ^
ife *E i j& A Ji * m
^ Jg S H ft fl$ M ^L
, ii tt, s a, ji * a
ffi^^c^w^^^^
* ^, K m s M ff PI 36

M,^i$ T>T> 89 M i.$fc ~^


M ^P Wt $L M H$ f[ >&> 46
s w # # & a
^^^s-^*, m^^r
^c^^S^K^fc^pT^
$i $i ffc

T JS *> ft, ^ M, 37 ^
, * :* J t 86

^B^iSl^>B$tra*!lfli
S 7,*e ^ 0! ^,S "F
ffi

KK^ft^-a^
M
* ^^asm
4E

y
K
8t

T
N tl ^% In H

^ V
M
""
*tt* j -
^-^^r' . 1 , fr i^*/
JR 'T* J I^T S* > W- \ ov
^ P] 55 40 m ^ m. %, &
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

\ J "*"*

w SB ft> m
m *
7C SB
7
29

Sfl

Hi, 5c SB
g
ft m m 7,
m 7, *
83 vl
30 , ^
S * * *

? *
% m
* *r

m 7
34
-
SB # if ^> ft -i, 5E

n jtt a 5 % T;' m #
^ 7, *F> 7. X* *, ffl
00 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

28 24 ffi lej

a 7,
n 21 a
ft JS ft *r
ft
22

4
*'
26

A f*
4|1 ,u
, yv
. If a *
015

* *
*
ti ft ft M2P \ Tt
KB a 0R
ft,
iM ii, {g
27 25 J| ^ ft A
It; ^
^J7y 'M.^fc

* 7-|*Tr;
?T

tt 23

ft tr 4
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 201

^ Iff ft T fi
ft, * * A
W
IJhg
M
gJ-;

H
iBj ^ #
3fc, ^ IS
fta P] + ffi

18 T ^ ffi

^
HL

A
m
ffl SB
m A
20

4r*
Sa J^ ftfc rgj -|jg

, e^ f

^ M T
* - tr ^ l7

19 M IE m a
* n
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

n
m *
* SB
SB
x

7 ft /$ SB
'

T T *

*
T,

SB 7
IS 10
Jra
10 R
-4-
/h
I

4
i$? A lf (ft

11 K, SU
^P f^ i3 j
y- T. -
A
BE 7

15
ffi n
i 14 4$ 12

=lt SiJ ft ^ If 7 fit

* m 7, x

-<**
is it s i*
16
^ &.JS H 7 *, il fe
fit H ^, ffi, ffi 1!

fls E
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

IX.

CHINESE TEXT.

S
* If
* *
1 A ^ ft
ffl

H 1$ it , a is
* * ^ a * t
ft (Kf 3 fP] 2 ^)
3D SP f$i ft S5 ^
A K.
7 * A> f:
5 # J ft
1 a i@
ft a SB ^
^B
a&
ffi^
^
"T

. 7 /K fi +t
a tt, ^
w A,
ft a
a - 7
804 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

74 72

#B Hi & T 63 58

ft f& 6* fft
67 f3?

78 tf ft m -
m
f* 4SL ft 7
T *^Cf ^*+-

ft 7 *r s, jg 59

W >S ^ ffi ~F -fT ffi

* 75 a fe lej ffi M
79
^T ^R ^ 68

S ft ii eo

iS^ 73 7&'\ 3S m 65 jt ffl

*r % fo m n
ft x s as T,
* 69

W
r. >^
^ 76
7, 7, IB) 61

ff ft 66
80
ft
ff fi
*f ft (4 62
77 70 ft
t T
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 206

m itL \ jfc ^ /

a -w s * ffi

m ^ 4 ?K SB ^ 1;,
^6 ^ so 10 T a
38

55 p] Jg

56

53 51

tt *
A s9

*, W.
i ill
w w
i,^
W
,y, ,t <
By
1g, IB W 47 44

a A a
All jfefa. ~1C
HE* t/v >T*

* ft
- IB 45

57 A.
*-.
It IS 54 49

46

n & ft % 1, 41

T JS RB
206 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

34 to 7
ft W, # g ffi 17

fft 24 # JB
*, fft SE Ji
7 PJ
20

35 -f
J
^
^B
xffc
|
^
^a
32 28 |$ 23 H *
f^=
XH, m i a BJ 18
Bfr ntf
^* RR ^t^
Hp ^/J ^/v PI,
ZC Tjtf ^lp <!!/
7C >K yC ix.

*/>.
*B
TJ
II 33 21

H 815

36 ft 30 t ft
^, 26 22 * JS
% W ffi tf

29 S ?R F ^
* IS W M Hi *
p
m JS Ig" ft. SI 515
87 31 27 {5; ^ ^E ^
a 55 > fll 7 W 10
* i* a 3W *, E
^P 4 i; B9 a
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 201

VIII.

CHINESE TSXT.

13

fit *
5

*> s a
fr ^ tr *,
m a
7
14 IS, 10

IS * Jg a a &
tr *
7 a , tr
H fft

ftii
15
J-fi.
^
-*
SB
/yjt 7 #.
12 *r a
m a a
7 , 10 * 7,
16 tt 'TT *RK*t
/^i > ^
^11
\ a
a H a 5 *
a, 2

*, a a
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

AA
B-I , fit Ji
7 79 76 75

* H 7 .

70 f{
ft if
If iffi

80 ft, ft # 72

i ft 74 015

ft * * SB *
82

f$ it
7, M ft)

tt S 7 1H ft
is * m
SI 78 IB
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 209

53

7 * ft *
66 61 7 7,
m m
HI
PI
63 flg, fft *
7 54 50

56

* fl. T
1%
67
.^/V.

BSE
W*
^r W
**A^
#
ft ft, 58 7
A 46
ga. yt qp 51
B>L ;C2\ yv fl
ft * t 0R IS>

59
55 #
-Jr
./v
^A>
/no w 7
*. 7 * 47

a SB 52 7
68 T m
H 62 60
65 ffc fl *
it Ml ISJ 7
*,
210 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

38 f$ S3 ^ H
ffi

,*v x~
?c a
#R si
22

40 4 ^P ^5 3C i* 24

PI I * M m m
i 37 a x a
T ^ * ^ 26

41 ^ i fTg flj ^ ft
PI * 35 |R, Sx 28 % ft m
XS. fif

ft ft

42 iff 33 %
31 g ^ ft
ft @
43 {&
JE ^5 * W 25
nt7 /
p
* -

m
Ii3 38 ft
fix)
29

a ft
* 84 A 23

SB ft
m
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 2H

VII.

CHINESE TEXT.

w 16 * ft * 4 i

X. I, S ffi a i9

a K * ^ 7

HcE
ir i^ 10 a
>rfX
sv* )2

18 IS, B, lei

* a it
20 IP
fi4

UK 13 fe A 2

7 5 a
7 * '8 il
Jit
tt ffi

IS, -ftfi. H
if 11 1 es

IE!

21 TJX
^T W a
* 14 IS 7
19 9 6

IE) a /!>

# * 12 a A
7 * L H
212 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

VI
CHINESE TEXT.

M 10 4 1

m A
12 7 3 ^
i W 2

15 3R 9

+ A 4;
31 M ^ 5 +
fi X 8 H ^L
16 13 3
^F
JL jL 11
a
S 3L J--*
*"^^
-
|^

m, 6 m
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 815

S &f ifc 10 120 JJC ft _t 118

K *F S SB il
S14 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

g a
7> 93

tt
i m
109 7
103 ST.

^ 106

f* A
Hi* S 100 -f|g
94

& T W JS ft 97 *
^f 112 f$ 107 ^ 7
@ SB ^ ^ ft
^ 10 7 ^ 104

^ ^ no u ^ 95

/$ xj~ J\* 4 IH
101
AA
ml W
A/.
98
n4 a
$ ft W 108

* 7
117 tt m in
SB a 7
X flf 113 105 102

*r 115 flft

A
*,
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 215

69
7
ft 74 72 ft # 62

SR
^ a si *
85 ft 77 ^ m
ft 3fc fft 75

^ % ft a a ee a
7 ft ffi *r 70

^ W f5i 7
ft 82 & jJR 63

SB
90 86 jg ^ * J|
M flU ?K 78 -|g If,

m s n &
i^B )M >
8^ 2f ^1 i^
79 73 SB ft
71 ft ft
Ifr & % IS
ft m 64

87 it s
91 is so a
!?,/? /^ yg
_* >- **_

W
_^

Ml f$ 7, 7
* 7 84 jg ^ f& a
* 88 ^ K SB
ft & * JS A
92 89 a a & ft 65

7
216 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

m
31

m 37 7
52

56 H Jfc 34

^P 49 $ ^ H A M
53 59 3$ 41 38 #B Jg
n ffi ^ ffi 3$ X 32

>^ J
^ w
^ 9B ^fe S. 46 1 35 i$
64 K T H S S M ^ 64
60 |S ^ Ift
-*
fi4 42 |I5 jg ^
i W ^
^r
> <& H i$ 10 ^ S
^ ^ 39 J5
a m so

ft 57

SB
T no 54 9$ T 2S
61
a ffi 8t fX 43

SB ft i; *r a M 36 gg
x a 40 -flft 33

a m H 51 f& S f
^fe 58

H^ v$
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 217

V.

CHINESE TEXT.

T
ft ft A & ft StSr
it
ft ft T m m
m tt 9 5

X W 915 ft 135

26 23 20 13 fl fl ft
a S ffi 2

ft
29 iS S"
ft jjsL
3^ tn
xu 6

ft 7 ft 915

it 21 & to

7 JS 915 X fit
24 ft
7 a A
27 SB
ft *
* - ft JS Jt 7
30 22 15

m ft
x 25 19

s ft
218 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

XII.

THE student having now mastered a thousand characters and having


been introduced to a few of the many combinations which they can
be made to form, the important point is to retain them in the
memory. The system of writing each character on a separate slip
and recognising these when selected at random answers well enough
to begin with, but more than this is wanted, as they must be

recognised in all their combinations, and the different meanings or


shades of meaning they assume in. these varied combinations must
also be gradually appreciated. By constantly reading through the
list at the end of this volume he will be able to refresh his memory,

but it is obviously by constant reading and speaking that progress in

the language \\ ill best be made, for the words and phrases in common
use will go on repeating themselves, both in reading and in speaking,
and will thus impress themselves on the memory. Such a system of
study presupposes in due course the services of a native instructor,
for no one who has not the opportunity of studying with an instructor

by his side can ever hope to speak accurately or to pronounce his


words well. It will not be so difficult to acquire a paper knowledge
of the spoken language, but the assistance of an expert is indispens-
able for obtaining a correct pronunciation and the rhythmic swing
and intonation which are so essential to elegant speaking. A
point
should be made daily of reading, sentence by sentence, after the
"
teacher," and endeavouring to mimic his intonation and his style as
closely as possible. Mimicry is the great element of success, and no
one will ever speak Chinese well who adheres to his ordinary accent
and emphasis. A good teacher will correct errors of tone and pronun-
ciation again and again until they have been overcome, and if at the
commencement the student finds that he is not constantly brought
to a pause and told to pronounce a word or a sentence over again, he

may be sure that his instructor is either careless or incompetent.


THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 219

There is always a temptation, when examinations are looming in the


distance, to limit the attention to allotted text books and to learn
these by heart, but it is not the best way to learn Chinese, and as
soon as the student feels himself fairly firm on his feet he should
endeavour to cover as much ground as he can, making a note, as
he goes along, of new characters and combinations. He should
get away fromforeign text books as soon as he can read them with
comparative ease, and should turn his attention to colloquial novels
in which he will find a vast store of phrases, and will at the same
time be introduced by degrees to a useful form of the written
language with which all novels are interlarded. He will find poetry
there too, but that he would do well to leave alone for some time.

Newspapers in the vernacular are now published in Peking, and


doubtless in other parts of China, which will be found very useful

reading. Efforts should be made at the very outset to get away


from disconnected sentences, for one of the initial difficulties is the

stringing of sentences together. This, it will have been noticed by a


study of the examples previously given, is done by means of a few
words or particles judiciously used. It will be found very good
practice to write down a
short connected story made up of words
which have already been learnt or are to be found in one or other of
the many vocabularies now procurable, and to submit it to some

authority for correction. The study of the corrections by a competent


hand of a composition of one's own is a more valuable lesson than
pages of ready-made sentences.
One of the most useful books with which the student can provide
himself, when he has made a certain amount of progress, is a Dictionary
of Chinese, by MacGillivray, formerly known as Stent's Vocabulary.
In this book he will find a translation of every word and combination
is likely to come across for many years.
of words he
Mention has frequently been made of the " Eadicals." These have
to be mastered sooner or later a dictionary is ever to be used, and
if

some authorities call upon the learner to start with them. They are
so dry and so uninteresting that many people who only think they
would like to learn Chinese give
up the task in despair after labour-
ing at them for a few days.The preferable way seems to be to take
them by degrees. A fair number consists of words in colloquial use,
some of which will already have been met with in the preceding
220 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

When the new colloquial words have been added to the


stock the balance that remains will not be a formidable one, and it
will be sufficient for practical purposes if these are recognised as
radicalsand their place in the series is more or less established in the
mind. A list of radicals in the order of their strokes is
appended,
and colloquial words are indicated by an asterisk. Of the rest, some
are used in writing onlj, others are never used at all except as
radical*
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 221

THE EADICALS.
Colloquial Badicals are indicated by *. Modifications are
indicated by i, and placed at the foot of the page.

1 STROKE.

2 STROKES.
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

3 STROKES.

f 18 26 32
IJ
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 223

( ((
224 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

4 STROKES.

61 66 71
64^ Jf
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 225

t 78 86 86 jm 87 xs
226 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

96
94$
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 227

6 STROKES.

114 122
777.fi- CHINESE LANGUAGE

7 STROKES.

140 -H- 145 146


1130^
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 229

t 157 162 163


230 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

8 STROKES.

9 STROKES.

f 168 170 173


(J
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 231

10 STROKES.

11 STROKES.
232 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 233

16 STROKES.

17 STROKES.
234 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

XIII.

As has been remarked more than once, the way to fix the characters

in the memory is to them constantly under review. The


pass
characters in the following list have been arranged more or less in
the order in which they appear at the foot of each page in
Volume I. This list should be referred^ frequently as the student

progresses. When he passes on to the study of other text books he


is strongly advised to enter in a note-book each new character he
comes across, arranged in the same manner as those in this list.

The addition of a second thousand words to his stock, so arranged as-

to be handy for reference and verification, will be an immense help.


A third thousand will probably be all that he will ever require to-

learn. The figures to the left of each character indicate the Badical
under which it will be found in the Chinese dictionaries.
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 23&

'

162 che4 this , 163 '

2 12

ko 4 piece shen 2 (with mo) r


,

what?

3 13
73 shih*
-*-^
is 145 li
3
,
in

^ .j&iXj n>4Xu
ItM
14

t'a'Jie

15
4
106 ti, 's, -ing, one, -ly
32 tsai ^v at

*
16'
1
200 nio]"an interroga- 75 tung ,
east
tive

7 17

62 wo 3
,
I t^s-. 146 If LI hsi 1 , west

8 /m 9'^v 18
4
men, plural of pro- tso , do, make
nouns

9 19
4 a
pu ,
not lai ,
come

10 20
8
146 yap
4
, want, will

T liao
C-ed)
, past tense
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

21 31 t
-if

85 mei 2 not ,
111 chih 1 kno\ ,

3
tao4
74 ytil yu ,
have 162 , way

23 33
10 erh 2 son, noun in- 118 3
wait
,
teng ,

dicator

24 34
3
tsti , son, noun in- 120 kei3 giv* ,

dicator

35
2
ch'ien money, 32 4
167 "
,
" tso ,
sit
cash

64 na2 , hold, take 154 mai 3 buy ,

27 37
181 t'ou
2
, top, end, head 154 mai4 ,
sell

4
109 k'an*, look, read 37 ta , great

147 chien4 ,
sec 149 -
^VJT shuo 1 speak ,

A 30

jen*, man
40
hsieh 1 some ,
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 287

41 51

30 wen 4 ask ,

52
* * hua*' talk) lan "
149 I erb>, two
PO 43
s age

53
^dt*
UQy ^i5
^"
fc 1
ch'ing
vite,
3
,
please, in-
request
san 1 three ,

60
T 44
hsia 4 down, below

45
hen 3 very
,
,
31
54
ssu4 four

55
wus ,
,

five

46 56
42 hsiao3 12 4
small liu six

* 47
, little,

57
,

4 1
shang , above, up- ch'i ,
seven
on, to

A
48 58
kuo 4 pass, cross, pa
1
eight
162 ,
12 ,

exceed

49

tsou
3
, walk, go chiu 3 nine ,

50
hao 3 good
,
24 shih 2 ten ,
238 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

61 71
2
3 te obtain, suc-
106 pai ,
hundred 60 ,

3
ceed ;
tei ,
must

72
"
24 ch'ien 1
,
thousand 163 tou 1 ,
all

73

wan*> myriad shu 3 count shu 4,


140 .
3L 66
number
, ;

64 74
2 a
173 ling , fraction, zero 72 ming , bright

65 75
2
11 liang*, two, ounce 106 pai ,
white

66 76
4
ti , number, indi- 3
118 61 tung understand
cator of ordinal ,

numbers
67 77
1 4
36 to , many, more 72 jih , day, sun

78
4

42 -^J ^ shao 8
,
few 39
tzu
ter
, character, let-

79
chis some, how 3
write
52 ,
40 lisieh ,

many
70 -

80
4
chi remember, re-
149 ,
72 shih 2 time
cord ,
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

81 91
4
hou ,
wait 130 neng, can

82 92
hui 2 return, turn 43 chiu4 then, only,
31 ,
,

immediately
lei
83
a
37 t'ien
1
, day, heaven 144 hsing , suit,- pro-
ceed

94

30

o
mr

_L^
P m kao

85
4
, tell, accuse 37 t'ai

95
4
,
too

149 rr 30 k'o
3
, but, can

86
1
1 pa take hold of;
128 t'ing , listen, hear 64 ,

4
pa a handle , ;

3
pa handful ,

87 97
3
73 hui4 able, a society
,
61 tsen ,
how ?

98
1
1
1
feng , envelope, 30 ch'ih ,
eat
classifier of let-
ters
89 99
hsin 4 , letter, be- fan 4 cooked food
184 ,

lieve

100

60 hou *. affcer> behind shih 4 affair ,


240 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

101 111

61 ch'ing
2
, feelings 36 wai4 out, outside
,

102 112

4
kuei4 expensive,,
,

jo ,
if 154 honourable

103 113
2
kuan 3 care, , take p'ien ,

4
cheap:
118 pien c o n v e-
charge of
,

nient

104 114

169 kuan 1 shut ,

105 115
men 2 door 18 ch'ien 2 , before,
,

front

106 116

169 k'ai
1
, open 40 shih 2 true ,

107 117
4 4
167 ts'o , wrong 101 yung ,
use

108 118
4

28 ch'ii
4
83
ch'i , vapour,
, go breath, anger

108
ch'u 1 , out, forth,
17
issue

110

chia1 home, family ch'uan 1 wear, to


40 ,
,

go through
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 241

121 131

145 i
1
, clothes 10 hsien1 , before, first

122 132
1
145 shang
1
,
clothes sheng beget, born, ,

raw

123 133
3 2
leng cold 72 tso yesterday
15 , ,

124
LJUj^ k'uai4 fast, quick,
134
ip ,
30 chiao4 order, call ,

I
JCT sharp cause

125 t!35
3
4
surname 64 ta beat, from
38 hsing ,
,

138
4
75 wang , forget

12T 137
3
64 ko l put , yeh , also

138
haia yet, still
159 , ;

e huan 2 repay ,

129 139
wei4 for, because ;
6 87 ,

wei 2 to do ,

130 140
na4 , collect, pay 1
120 31 yin cause, reason
taxes ,
242 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

141 151

163 hsiang
1
, country 72 wan 3 , late

142 152
4
18 tao , to, arrive at 61

143 153
1

162 yuan*, far 75 yang , fashion,


kind, pattern

144
2
154
30 t'ung same, with 96
hsien4 now, ready
,

145 155
3
203 tien ,
a little, dot, chu 4 , live, tight,
point fast, stop

146 156

20 chih3 paper , 72 shang


3
,
noon

147 157
64 chao3 search, seek,
72 tsao
3
,

148 158
3
4 ch'i rise, get up,
61 p'a , fear, expect 156 ,

commence

149 159
4
122 pa a final particle
, 173

150 160

40 wan2 ,
finish 51
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 243

161 171

chin 1 ,
now 187 ma3 ,
horse

162 172

168 ch'ang*, long ;


61 hsiang
3
,
think
3
chang , grow

163 173
til tuan 3 short ,
85 chun 3 positive, ac-
,

curate, sanction

164 174
3
75 pan ,
board 140 hua1 spend, flower
,

165 175

chieh4 borrow ,
40 *i^
ff\ ting
4
,
fix

/Cr
176

149 *
r-* kai
1
, owe, ought 125 lao
3
, old, ever
j|

167 177
ken 1 with, from,
157 ,
chu3 master, ruler
,
follow, heel

168 178
4 4
104 ping , illness, ill 61 i , intention, idea

40
kuan 1
cer
, official, offi-
H 179
ssu1, think, reflect

170 180

123 cho, verbal particle 61 JHuA man4 ,


slow
244 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

181 191
3
2 final
connect, even
i
lien , 49 , already,
162
(adv.), and particle

192
182
4 J, past, a re-
jen , recognise, ad- 120
149 ligious "office,"
mit
canon, ritual.
193
183 3
hsii , may, might,
4
tai , carry with 149
50 promise, pos-
one, girdle
sibly

184 194
4
chien , item, a
4
24 pan ,
half
classifier

195
185 '
1
sui
1
75 hsiang ,
mutual
172 , although

196
186
1
2
50 pang , help
86 jan , but, yet

197
2
89
l
father 61 mang ,hurry, busy

tt
,

188 198
1 3
ch'in relative, 75 root, source
147 ,
pen ,

self

199
1
chiang take, on
2
yeh , sire, grand- 41 ,

89 the point of
father

190
ah1 an exclama- huo4 or, perhaps,
62 ,

D
,
30 either
tion if,
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 245

201 211
2 2
ai suffer ai1 , yun divide, set
64 , ;
20 ,

close to apart

212
pel*, suffer, endure, 2
145 74 p'eng ,
friend
coverlet

213
shou 4 , receive, 3
endure 29 yu ,friend,friendly
suffer,

204 214
4
lo pleasure,
,
3
kou dog 75 4
,
laugh yiieh ; ,

music
205 215
2 4
1 lao , trouble, toil 19 li , strength, force

216

4 , just now,
19 tung , move, touch 18 hard

217
207
2
2 3 ts'ai then,
fa remedy; fa , just
85 , ,
120
rule

208 218

116 1
149 shui2 ,
who
k'ung , empty.

219
kuo 2 country,
170 ch'u 2 except . 31
,

kingdom

210
1

140 ying English, ,


120 eminent
240 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

221 231
2 1 4
t'i , mention ti ,
22 chiang , mechanic,
64 ;

workman
lift up

4
hsiang , like, like- 167 1
clock
chung

I
, bell,
ness, image

64 an 4 according to
160 , ;

transact, ar- en4 press down ,

range
224 234
pieh
2
, another, do wo 4 recline, , lie
18 131
not, distinguish down

235
2
71 chi4, since 63 tang' , house, room

236
4
chien introduce, 145
3
watch
140 ,
piao ,

recommend

227 237
3
huo 2 , alive, move- li , worship, cere-
85 work 113
able, mony, offerings

2 4
ch'ang constant-
, pai , salute, pay
50 often 64 calls
ly,

1
tang ougnt, at , 2
102 time of tang 4 32 t'ang , hall, chapel
; ,

suitable, pawn
230 240
4
tui ,
to compare,
75 mu 4
,
wood 41 correct, oppo-
site, a pair
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 247

241 251
ch'a 1 differ; ch'ai4
48 , ,
158 tan 1 delay ,
to send, depute

242
" wu 4
203 j ^ hei 1 black, dark
, 61 hinder,
, ne-

4Y% glect

243
ch'iao 3, look, look 1
109 at
105 fa , put forth

244
4
4 sung send, pre-
64 tiao ,
fall 162 ,

sent to,escort

M
265
2 chih 3 point; chih 3
,

85 ho , river, canal 64
,

finger

246 256
2
cho 1 table 104 t'eng , pain, ache,
,
love dearly

247 257
4
44 wu 1 room , 18 li , gain, interest

248
1
shang consult, ,

30 merchant 40 hai4 injure, injury


,

249 259
4
2
liang estimate , ;
p'eng , bump,
166 4 112 strike against,
liang capacity ,

collide

250
4
k'o carve, quarter
shui4 sleep
,

18 of an hour 109 ,
248 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

261 271
chiao 4, chiieh 2 per- ,
chiao 1 ,
deliver to,
147
ceive, feel friendship

272
2 1
98 p'ing , jar, bottle ching , metropolis

273
2
""
I mao 2 32 ch'eng walled
82 hair, fur
,
*. ,

city, city wall

274
chin 3 tight, press-
120
,
176 mien4 , surface, face
ing

275
2
4 11 ,
distant from,
hua draw, picture
102 ^^^ , 172
separate from,
leal part from
276
2 3
181 f5*t| yen ,
colour 166 11 ,
a Chinese mile

267 277
4
139 se ,
colour 72 ch'un 1 .spring ,

278
81 pi compare, com-
,
118 suan 4 reckon ,

pare with

269 279
4
chia4 price ,
35 hsia ,
summer

270 280

chih 1, price, worth


1
115 ch'iu , autumn

I
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 249

281
1 2
15 tung ,
winter 187 ch'i , ride

282
4
184 wei4 feed (animal
13 tsai , again
,

or child)

283
4
ch'iian advise, ex- 2
19
,
119 liang , grain
hort

284
2
102
liu keep, retain,
,
184 shih 2 food ,

detain

285
hsin 1 heart, mind, hao4 mark, label,
,
141 ,

centre stable, name

36
ho 2 with, har- ch'uan 1 circle, en-
,
31 ,
4
mony, unite circle ;
chiian ,

coop, pen
297

167
4
nail, to nail 191 nao4, bustle, tu-
ting ,

mult, break out

Place whLh
3
63
> ' >
86 huo 3 fire
all which ,

290
p'i
3
, according

2
, temper,
to, use

dis-
21

32
* pei

300
ti
4
3
,
north

ground, place
130

it
,

position
250 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

301 311
1

70
fang , square, 167 yin
2
,
silver
region

302 312
chin4 , enter, ad-
ch'i
1
relative 162
,
vance

313

169 hsien 2 disengaged, ,


187 chia
4
, chariot
leisure

30 P
| 1
304
chih 3
, only 64
314
"huan4 exchange ,

315
4 4

40
k'o ,
113 p'iao ,ticket, bank-
visitor, guest note

316
2

53 4 85 yang , ocean,
tien , inn, hotel
foreign

307 317

69
1
hsin ,new, recently 32 k'uai 4 bit, piece,

308 318
128 wen 2 , hear, smell shih 3 employ ,

310
2
hang business ,
132 tzu4 , self, from
firm, row, order
in series

310 320
4
sui , fragments,
50 shih
4
market 112
,
broken into bits
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 251

321 331
4
162 kuang , ramble, 142 tan4 , egg
visit

2
53 ch'u a cook 85 1
,
YjE t'ang ,
soup, gravy

333
4
ts'ai vegetables, 2
140
,
140 ch'a , tea
provisions, food

181
~

in yii
4
,
beforehand 140 "iPr 4
yeh ,leaf

325 335
2
pei*, prepare 119 fang , sugar

86 elm 3 boil , 197 h* EH yen


2
,
salt

337

196 AF^ chi


1
, chicken, fowl 20
trapper, bundle
wrapper.

338
8G 3
k'ao ,
roast 33 hu 2 , kettle, pot

329

93 niu 2 , ox, cow


112 Jh Aft wan3 bowl >

330
340
4
130 jou , flesh, meat 85 shui 3 water ,
252 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

341 351
2 kuan4 water, ,
to
108 p'an , plate 85
pour into a
bottle, &c.
342 352
tieh
2
saucer, small sui 2 , follow, com-
112 ,
170
plate ply with

343 353
1 3
18 tao , knife, sword 85 k'o , thirsty

344
29 ch'a1 , fork, forked ho 1 drink
,

345 355

21 ch'ih
2
30 tan1 , single, odd
, spoon
(of numbers)

346 356
nai 3 milk snoul re-
38 ,
65 II^V^ > collect,
ceive, put away

347 357
2
195 hsien 1 , fresh 120 red

in huiig

358
,

32 f huai4 spoiled , 164 chiu 3 wine, spirit


,

349 359
3
167 t'ieh ,
iron 86 tobacco,
smoke

350 360
1 box ho 2 lotus
08 140 ,

covered box
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 253

4 2
tai bag, pocket, ya , government
145 ,
144.
purse tribunal

372
85 tan*, weak, watery 149 I^ hsieh4, thank

373
4
149 shih , try, test, ex-
periment spread out

864 374
3
chang control, ,

palm of the hand

365 375
44 3 kuei4 till, counter,
chii , depot, store 75 ,

cupboard

366 376
2
163 60 ts'ung ,
from

367 M377
9 J~ 2
66 120 yiian , because,
affinity

378

shou 3 hand ,
66 ku 4 cause ,

379
4
154 fei , expend, waste 189
eminent

370 380
4
66 fang to place, let ,
111 ai
3
, short, low
go
254 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

381 391
1 1
k'uan , broad, in- kuang bright, ,

40
dulgent rays, flame, only

392
3

116 3
narrow 109 sheng province, ,

chai ,
economise

sung
1
, loose, slack, shun 4 ,
following,
190 181
loosen obedient

384
2
wei4 , gentleman,
140 pao ,
thin
seat

885 395

30 lo
l
,
final particle 162 chin4 near ,

396
2
chiu 3 long since, a
,
85 liang cool
long time
,

387 397
3
chao 2 hit the mark, , yang look up , to,
140 catch (as a cold) look up

182 feng
1
,
wind 86 mei a coal ,

2
kua 1 blow ch'eng , accom-
182 , (of 62 plish, complete,
wind)
fractional part

390 400
4
24 nan2 south ,
57 ti ,yo*nger brother
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 255

10

30
PI
401
hsiung
ther

402
ko 1 elder brother
,
1
,
elder bro-
96

96
*
LM
I-?J k
2
411

P Ql vitreous

412
,
>

vitreous sub-
stance

403 413

38 chieh 3 elder sister


, 64 ts'a
1
, rub, wipe

404 414
mei4 younger ,
sis- 4
50 pu ,
cotton cloth
ter

405 415
1
chung centre; ,
la
2
to cut with a
4 ,
chung to pass ,
18
an examination

406
*4 416
knife

4
chien space be- 3
169 ,
120 sheng rope, string ,
tween

407 417

75 pei
1
, cup, tumbler hsi1 pity, regret ,

408 418
kan 1 , dry, clean tiu
1
,
lose

409 419
1
4 4
85 ching , pure, clean 18 t'i , to shave the
head

410 420
3
3
167 chiao to cut with
85 hsi ,
wash ,

scissors or shears
256 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

421 431
3
3
ch'ih ,
foot mea-
190 fa hair of the head 44
sure, a linear foot
,

m
422

41 ts'un4 , inch
18 hsiao 1 pare ,

423 433
3
hsiieh ,
learn ;
118 3 39
pi , pen, pencil hsiao 2 imitate ,

424 434

64 mu thumb 3
,
32 mo4 ,
ink

425 435
4
112 4
break 61 hsing , disposition
p'o ,

chia3 nails of finger fen 1 , divide, divi-


102 , 18
or toe, armour sion, distinguish

427 437
4
~- ^^ lao to alight, fall,
,

140 4 73 shu 1 book


drop la , leave
,
;

behind

428 438

huo3 , comrade, 66 kan 3 venture, dare


,

partner

429

149 Hi 1* chi4 ,calculate,plan 30 chii


4
sentence

It 430
440
,

nien4 , recite, read


rvU t'ou
1
,
steal 61
aloud, study

fy>
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 257

441 451
1
shen 2 deity, , spirit,
128 sheng sound, tone , 113
attention

442
1
yin , sound, musi-
180 39 hai3 child
cal tone ,

443 453
4
74 yiieh , month, 109 chen 1 true ,

444 454
4
tsui fault, sin,
122 ,
61 lien
3
, pity
punishment

445 455
3
49 chi ,
self 80 mu 3 mother .
,

446 456

fa
2
,
tired 78 ssu3, die

447
467
Uai
1
,
exclamation of
D;
Ar* regret or annoy- 30 hsi3, happiness, joy
ance

448 458
3
huan1 rejoice, ,
64 chi , push, shove 76
happy

449
4
157 3 tai treat, behave
te'ai ,
tread OQ ,

towards, wait

450 460
3 2
130 chiao ,
the foot 38 ju , if, as, like
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

77
461

sui

462
chii
4
,

4
according,
year of age

to,
48
X 471
kung

472
sure,
time
1
, work,
space
lei-
of

64 evidence
37 fu 1 ,
man

473
3
ch'an , bear, pro- 4
100 118 hsiao smile, laugh
duce ,

464 474
4
75 yen , pursuit, pro- 172 nan 2 difficult
,

perty

465 475
61 hsi*, proceeds, 40
2
jung contain, en- ,

breathe dure

476
3 4
184 yang , rear, nourish 72 i , easy

467 477
4
pel , times, fold 73 4
tsui , very, most

468 478
3 3
75 li , prune, plum 181 ting , superlative-
ly, top, oppose

479
30
P k'ou 3, mouth

470
157 p'ao
3
,
run

chan 4 stand, stand ,


117 130 t'ui ', leg
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 259

481
3
30 yao , bite, bark at shih 4 form, pattern
,

482 492
3
130 chung to swell 66 kai 3 alter

9
, ,

4
yao drugs, medi-
,
k'an 3 to cut with a
140 cine 112 ,

sword or chopper

484 494
mo 4 rub on
, ;
rno 3 ,
64 130 chien 1 shoulder
rub out ,

Jfc 485 495


1

145 chuang pack, pre- ,


145 k'u4 trousers
tend ,

486 496
hou4 thick , 37 ch'i
2
strange, won-
,

derful

487 497
kuai4 weird,
145 ts'ai
2
cut out 61 ,

strange, object to
,

2
120 leng ,
sew 61 hu 1 suddenly
,

499
kua4 , coat, oute: IOK shu 1 ease, comfort,
145 lOO ,

jacket open out

49
600
hoa in harmony
' ** ,

fit
fan3 , quiet
with, unite,

1=1
260 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

501 511
3
li heed, arrange, 4
96 ,
18 chi ,
dose
principle
IJ
502 512
164 hsing
3
,
awake 77 wu3 , military

503 513
3

30 sang gullet, ,
109 3
yen , eye, opening
larynx

504 514

man 3 1

m
85 ,
full 109 ching , iris, eyes

505 515

158 shen 1 body ,


75 ts'un 1 village ,

506 516
1
shao 1 burn, burn- chuang village,
86 ,
53 ,

ing farm-house

507 517
2
3 huang
158 fang ,
lie down 106 emperor, ,

imperial

508 518

140 kai 4
, cover, build 40 kung
1
, palace

509 _* 519

116 wo 1
, nest, den, nook 144 chieh 1 street ,

510 .
520
2
75 kai 4 the whole ,
70 p'ang ,
side
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 281

521 531
1
pien edge, mar- ma 3 wasp
162 ,
142 ,

gin, side

532
1
Ho liu 1 ramble, flow
,
142 feng , wasp, bee

533
3
ling , collar, guide,
64 ta l add 181
,
lead, receive,
draw

524 534

pan
1
, troupe, rank, 191 hung*, frighten off,

class
clamour

525 535
2
ining , personal che 1 , sting (of a
142
name, name, re- wasp, scorpion,
putation &c.)
526 536
4 4
p'ien ,
strip, slip 96 svan , play

527 537
2
170 yung ,
sun (with 4
honourable
ling ,

t'ai), convex

75 shu 4 tree , 40 pao


d
, precious

539
3 109
53 ti , below chiian*, family

530 540
1 1
yin shade, cloudy,
, p'ien , deflected,
concave partial
262 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

541 551

4
134 chiu ,
old 109 eye

542 552
4
3
bathe
yuan , courtyard,
85 tsao 170
college, &c.
,

543 553
3
2 pai spread out,
108 p'en ,
basin 64 ,

arrange

544 554
4
a yiieh , exceed, the
130 i , soap 156

555

m
545
4
4 ping , all, more-
p'ao , soak, bubble,
85 over, together
blister
with

666
2
64 ning , wring, twist 86 wu 2 ,
not

=i 647 557
shai4 dry in the 122 ma4
,
, abuse, curse

558
lun4 , discuss, dis-
149
course

550
4
64 tieh
2
fold 181 yiian wish, desire,,
, up a vow

660
oou 560
a 4
tsan
san ,wetwo(with , ymg*,ought; ying ,

30 61
answer
DWT to, when)
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 263

661 671
3 2
p'ei forfeit, make t'ai carry etween 1

154 , ,

good two, lift up

562 672
4 2
t'i , substitute, in ch'i , the, he, she,
12
place of it

563 673
tan 3 courage ,
ch'ing
1
, light

564 674
4
tz'u occasion,
76 ,
50 mao4 , hat, cap
order, interior

576
565
4
4 yiin , revolve,
167 ching ,
mirror
transport

576
3
4 pao protect, gua-
on ko , each, every ;
,

ko 3
self rantee
,

677
667
hsien8 , danger,
3
22 hsia , casket, box
dangerous

568 578
1 chia4 frame, stand,
118 hsiang , box, trunk 75 ,

staging

679
4
chung , heavy, 64 la1, drag, pull
166
grave

570 680
2
k'ang on
b4
c..rry ,
sa1 , let go, let loose
the shoulders
264 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

681 591
3 3
huang , lie, false- yeh wild,, rude,
166
hood desert

592
3
chii intro-
137 4ff- ch'uan 8 boat, ship ,
134 , raise,
duce

1
159 I Imt l^n 2 wheel
,
167 ch'iang
arm
, gun, fire-

684 594
82 "TO chan 1 blanket, ,
felt 75 ken 1 root ,

585 595
4
85 hai 3 sea ,
120 pan , trip, lasso

506
1 1
157 tieh tsai tumble,
173 lrfr tien*> electricity , ,

fall

587 597
32 Wf.l ^ P ao*>
quite
report, re-
75 she 2 snap
decide
, ;
chea ,

598
31 wei 2 surround, en-
, 86 1

close teng , lamp

589 599
75 ~Mfc A" lin
2
, wood, forest 64 no 2 remove
,

590 600
4
4
50 chang , curfcain,
77 pu , pace, step tent
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 266

601 611
3
huo 4 even
154 , goods, wares 51 p'ing , level,

612
4
ban4 perspiration
,
yu , again, moie-
over

613

shanl 130 k'en 3 willing


145 v> >
shirfc ,

604 614
1 kungSmeritorious,
119 ts'u ,
coarse 19
service, labour

605 615

120 hsi4 fine, delicate


, 128 erh, ear

606 616
4
ch'u place ; chu*, 8
141
,
75 to , bud, lobe
punish

607 617
8 1
75 te'ai ,
material 128 lung , deaf

618
4
liao , material, es- ou 3 accidental
, ;
68
timate with the follow-
ing, occasionally
609 619
3 erh 3 with above,
149 chiang explain, , 89 ,

expound, argue occasionally;


you (classical)
610 620
4
116 chiu 1
, investigate
164 tsui ,
inLoxicated
266 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

631
57 kou 4 enough ,
167 chin 1 gold ,

622
3
how chou 1 depart-
151 ch'i ,
? 47 ,

mental district

623
wei wen 3 , civil, lite-
162 67
regard rary

634
ch'eng
1
, stage in a chien4 , common,
115 154
journey vulgar, cheap

625
1 4
t'o rely on, carry
64 ,
66 cliiao , teach, creed
on the palm

fu 3 , felicity, pro- shou 4 longevity


113 33 ,

sperity

627 637
3
fu your house,
,
na 1 final particle
53 30 ,

palace, prefec-
ture

628
2
ch'eng receive, be ,
lang
2
son, youth
64 163 ,

recipient of

639
nei4 , within, in-
ku 1
11 ,
girl
terior

640
4 2
GL
tien , anxious, 38 niang , mother,
think of woman
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 267

641 651
4
38 niu 1 lass ,
154 sheng overplus, ,

balance

642 652
1

172 shuang , double, 85 ni 2 , mud


pair.

643 653
177 hsueh 1 boots ,
140
^
1
^1 ts'ao
3
, grass

644 654
li=t
162

107
t'ui

645
p'i
treat

2
4

,
, reject,

skin, fur, lea-


re-
85

145
m shih 1

655
damp

wa 4 ,
,

stockings
wet, moist,

ther

656
4
ku 4 hire ying hard, obsti- ,

172 , 112 nate

647 657
4 shih4 ssu 4 like,
ling , separate, in , ,

addition similar

648
tiao*, a thousand
30 cash
85

649 659
kan 3 , drive, by the chin 4 muscle
156 19 ,

timethat,pursue

650 660
2 hua4 melt, trans-
187 lo ,
muls 21 ,

form
268 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

681 671
159 1 tao 3 pour, reverse,,
Juan , soft ,

on the contrarv
'*
66* 672

18
dCilI kua 1
scrape sheng
1
animals
J2Z| , ,

673

130 ku 1 ,estimate,guess.

664 674
112 mo 1 64 mo 1
feel for, grope
grind, rub
,
,
for ;
ma 1
,
stroke

666 675
2
118 tal consent, reply
,
104 ch'iieh ,
lame

676
1

85 shen1 deep , 186 hsiang , fragment,

667
1
drift with
* ^'iao
^_ , ;
3
85 ch'ien ,
shallow 85 v / . A the following,
sleek

678
2
130 po ,
neck

679

157 huai a ankle-bone ,


104 shou 4 emaciated ,

670
1
_ -_ ku 3 bone ku a t'ou,
, ; piao corpulent (of
,

188 t=i* a bone 130 animals)


THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 269

681 691

120 ^^"^ lei *' weary, to 38 hsien 2 dislike, ,

weary aversion

1 4
64 liao ,
lift up 117 ching , only

603
2
chiieh heels (of ch'in
2

a 19
,
157 , diligent
horse)

694
1 4
157 t'i ,
to kick 154 lei , class, category

695
30 ya
3
,
dumb 61 Ian 3 idle ,

686 696
1
pa dumb, stam-
, san 3 umbrella
30 mer
,

687 697

ch'u 4 cattle 64 ch'o 1 poke, prod


102 ,

I ,

3 4
ch'ou gaze at, look , chang ,
rely on,
at battle

ts'ui
1
, urge, hasten 149 hu4 , screen, protect

700
an 2 deceive, , 4
162 pi ,
avoid
hoodwink
270 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

701 711
3
shu 3
summer heat Jang , bawl, shout
72 , 30

702 712
1
80 3 12 r kung public, just
mei , each, every ,

703 713
2
meet with, 154 LJ-fctL chuan4 .
make
162 feng ,

money, sell at a
encounter
profit

704 714

162 4
meet, happen 188 1
yn ,
ang , filthy
Ji/L
705 718

116 ch'iung
2
, poor 188
SE
^^* tenner
tsang
1
1
, dirtv

706 716
4 on
62 tai wear to sao 3 sweep
,
64 ,

the head

707 717
su 2 common,
,
30 tsui
3
, mu/.zle,
vulgar mouth

708 718
149 -^ 149 ch'ien 1 , modest,
3
yii , language humble

709 719
4
105 1 162 hsiin humble,
teng , ascend, ,

mount modest

710 720
30
n^\ ch'ao 1 - 3
, brawl,
clamour
62 hsi
4

tricals
, theatre, th<^
-

fl'l
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 271

4 4
120 yo , yiieh , treaty,
covenant wi;h

782
fu4 , woman, wife

733
4
pi , must, certainly

734
3
ch'iao lucky, op- ,

portune, skilful,
artful

735
4
cheng straight, ,

.orthodox

736
tsu 2 enough, foot
,

737
4
ts'ou , collect, as-
semble

728 738
1 3
32 fang , manufac- ch'ii to draw as
,

tory, ward money, fetch

739
2
ts'eng ,
a layer, a
18
point

740
k'ou4 , deduct,
38 knock, button,
discount
272 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

741 751
chin 3 barely, ,

170 hsien
4
limit
,
scarcely

742 752
3 a
72 ching , appearance 30 lo , annoying

743 753

64 ch'ou1 ,
draw out, 30 1
so , incite, stir up
levy, shrink

744 754
166 li
2
thousandth of a 51
,
kan4 , do, attend to
tael

745 755

147 kuei1 , rule, com- 118 chien 3 , concise,


passes, usage abridge

746 756
3 2
Ill chii , rule, pattern 85 ch'iu ,
solicit

747 757
1 2
117 15 chiieh positively,
chang , regulation ,

decidedly

748 758
chih 2 straight, ,
72 nuan 3 warm
109 ,

straight on

740
han 2 ,restrain;(with
30 85 f ao 3 wash out ,
the following),
reticent, vague
760
750 .

119 hu 2 154 fan1 covet


,to paste.f oolish
,
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 273

761 771
1
nai 4
,
endure 162 t'ung go through, ,

thorough

762 772
2
fan ,annoy .trouble 12 4
86 kung , all, whole

763 773
4
44 3 3 154 chang , account,
wei i tail, end
, ,
debt

764 774
2
49 pa
1
, (with lore- 32 t'u , daub, blot out,
going), tail stupid

765 775
188 t'i
3
body,
,
sub- 85 hun 4 muddy, wild,,

stance disorderly

766 > 776


149 ^tt lian
gV s u PP se > 130 nao 3 brain

767
consider
I 777
,

4
142 1 118 pen clumsy, awk- ,

ts'ang , house-fly ward

768 778
4
142 3 164 p'ei ,
fit to, worthy
ying , house-fly match
to,

779
769
kun 3 , roll, boiling
18 shua1 brush 85
, hoti

"780
770
t'ieh
1
, card, memo-
140 kuo 3
fruit 50
,
randum, slip
274 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

781 791
3
GO wang towards, go ,
hsiu 1 repair ,

782 792
4 1
115 chung plant; ,
32 keng , pit, hole
3
chung seed ,

783 793
4
119 4
li , grain, seed
120 jao ,
to wind

784 794
38 3 3
t'o , satisfactory 145 pu , patch

785 795
4 2
50 hsiang towards, ,
18 p'ao , dig
hitherto

786 796

k'u 3
bitter 141 k'uei1 , deficiency,
,

loss

787 797
3
chia false ; chia ,
4
, 63 shan 4 fan ,

leave of absence

788 798
2 1
t'iao , strip, clause t'iao , choose, carry
on a pole

783 799

157 lu4 road


,
76 hsieh 1 rest .

790 800
2
112 chi im-
shih 2 stone , 61 , urgent,
pationt
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 275

801 811

Gl men 4 , melancholy, 64 ssu 1 tear


,

dull

80S 812

61 jPKu. huang
1
, agitated 167 chen 1 needle
,

813
46 shan 1 , hill, moun- 120 hsien4 thread ,

UJ tain

804 814
4 4
miao , temple 177 ting, a patch

805 815
4
pan comrade,, 120 chieh 1 tie, form;,

companion chieh 2 finish ,

806 816
72 chan4 temporary, , . hsien 3 , apparent,
temporarily conspicuous

807 817
ch'ieh
8
moreover !
86 chao4 , to reflect,
,

according to

808 818
1 2
130 t'o , put off, avoid j 32 chih , lay hold on

800 819
a
chi utmost, ex-
75 ,

85 t'ien
1
to add
treme ,

810
4
wang to hope, to- ,
,

74 yin*, a seal, to
wards, look to- ,

nrint
wards
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

821 831
3
stomach 154 shang bestow, re- ,
tu*,
ward, gaze upon

822
-w shan 4 goodness, 3
a well
30 ,
ching ,

virtue, virtuous

823
3
o4 wickedness; t'ung bucket, bar-
,61
,
118 ,

wu4 ,
to hate rel

824
chuan 4 a record, , k'uai 8 wai 3
.
, , dip,
story ch'uan 3 ; ,
134
to transmit

835
che 3 a particle;
, -ly, tzu
4
wait upon
125 ,

sometimes -ing
836
k'o 1 , a bead ;
nume-
40
kua3 few, ,

with fu, a widow


solitary; |
^ rative of beads,
precious stones,
trees, etc.

827 837

153 mao 4 , air, manner 96 chu 1 pearl ,

838
4
mei3 pien to change,
123 , handsome, ^49
,

beautiful
j

transform

839

tan 4 only, but


,
173 i

83Q 840
2
p'o , woman, old gg ts'ai
3
variegated
38 ,

woman
2 HE CHINESE LANGUAGE 277

841 851
1
p'iao whirled by
,
mien 3
10 , avoid, dis-
the wind, float-
pense with
ing in the air

842 852
4 8- 4
149 ch'a

843
sical),
,
to brag (clas-
surprised
30
ft t'u

853
vomit
, spit out,

4 hsien 1 , a fairy,
i
102 , strange
genii

844 854
l wu4 , things, ar-
ya ,
forked
ticles

845 855
4 3
lang , waves, dissi- ch'iian , power,
85 75
pated, profligate authority

846
chih*, reach, arrive
61 mien 3 , shy, bashful at. liad. 133

847 857
3 yu, by, through,
61 t'ien shy, bashful
by means of
,

858
ch'ou 8 ugly, offen- ti
4
hand to
104
,
1C2 ,
sive

849
4 3
15- t*iao , jump yiian , ongin

850
chien3 pick , up, wei 3 depute
38 ,

pick out
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

861 871
tun4 time, turn, to ,

2
yao , shake bow, numera-
tive of meals,
beatings, etc.
872
3
liu ,
willow ma 1 , nurse, mother

kuan*, jar, mug, '


shadow,
59
canister

864
chiieh 1 pout out
,
-j^
the lips

865
4
pao embrace, hold
,
i

64 in the arms, 142


cherish

866 876
4 1
yuan resentment, ,
ai , exclamation of
61
ill-will pain, pleasure or
surprise
867 877
reck- ,_
kun4
,

,
a stick

878
4
nung make, pre- , j
ko 2 , separated, a
1/0
pare, bring about
!

partition

879
chia 1 , household 8
90 ch'iang ,
wall
furniture, effects ;

870.
ihuo 3, household ts'ang, hide, con-
140
furniture ceal
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 279

881
mi4 close together, mi 2 be-
40 ,
^2 wildered
, puzzled,
thick, secret

1
ch'ii bent, in-
184 o*, hungry 44 ,

justice

1
ni , interrogative
30 k'u1 to cry
, 30 final
particle,
particle

884
tsuan 1 to bore, chiu4, to rescue
167
,
66
pierce, a gimlet

895
1 hsiu 4 , elegant,
ts'ai ,
to guess 115
accomplished

896
2 chia 1 good, excel- ,

wang ,
prince
lent, line

887 897

61 ch'ia
1
127 ou 3 match, pair
, timely ,

2
tz'u , kind, kind- 64 fu 3 , assist, hold up
ness, mercy

1 3
61 pel , pity, sym- 64 fu , pacify
pathy, sad

890 aoo

61 jen
3
,
endure erh 2 and, yet ,
280 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

901 911

102 mu 3 ,
Chinese acre j
9 sha 3 foolish,si in p
,
! t?

^
~ OOSi 912

151 B J tou 4 bean ,


134 hsing
feelings
4
, spirits,

913
1

102 nan 2
man 64 jeng , throw, throw
, male,
away

904 914

44 t'u
2
,
to butcher 116 ch'uang
1
,
window

905 915
2
63 hu 4
87 p'a climb, crawl
, door, family i
,

906 916
2
chieh 3 , explain,
31 round 148
IJFjl yuan ,
undo, get rid oi"

907 917
2
140 Ian 3 blue 167 ling ,
small bell
,

903 918
1
lii
4
167 tang , pedlar's
,
green
gong

909 919
3
1 hsiang ,
to souiuL
50 hsi rare, seldom 180
,
sound

910

122 ^ g* ban 3 , rare, seldom 30


ya
1
,

final
exclamation,
sound
rcj
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 281

921
shuai1 tumble, ,
fall 4
a generation
G4 159 pei ,

from

932
1
hsiung malevo- k'un 4 sleepy
,
31 ,

lent, cruel

923 933
lu 2 stove, fireplace,
,
tun 3 ,
nod with
86 109
grate

924 934
4 shua ripe, mature,
meng a dream, to ,

36 ,
86 well acquainted
dream
with
925
1
heng to grunt,
,

30 groan an ex- ;
64 chua 1 grab, clutch ,

clamation

926
3
cheng complete, ,
30 han 3 cry aloud
66 ,

whole, entire

927 937

94 chu 1 pig
,
30 p ka 1 cackle
,

928
1
fan 2 earthenware 187 ching , alarm, ter-
32 ,

ror
jar

hsiao 1 melt, dis- chia1 carry under ,


,
64
solve the arm

940

C4 162 chui 1 pursue ,


282 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

941 951
l en 1 grace, favour,
30 ai ,
an ejaculation 61 ,

kindness

952

30 >
an 85 1
river
chiang ,

tion

943 953
4
130 p'ang , fat, corpu- 85 hu a lake
,
lent
Iff 944 954
ch'uan 3 to gasp for , hsien4
30 120 , depart-

M
n|JL|
breath

945
ment, district

955
2
chi , register of
69 -^-d^' fu 3 axe ,
population, place
of domicile

946 956

75 kan 4 stem, trunk,


of ships, birds,
etc.

947 957
2
ts'ai , property, 2
154 85

948
wealth
P yen

958
, bank, edge

32 mai 2 bury , 120 pang


3
, bind, tie up

959
3
1
40 tsai slaughter
18 pao , flay ,

animals

950 960
3
ts'un2, retain, pre- ts'an , pitiable,
39 61
serve pitiful, cruel
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

961 971
3
46 an 4 shore, bank
, 77 tz'u ,
this

Jit
962 972

154 shu 2 , ransom, re- 64 k'un 3 bind ,

deem

963 973
2 hsien 2 hold in the ,
154 tsei thief, robber 30
,
mouth

964 974
chtin 1 , equal, uni- fou 2 fu a float,
32 85 , ,

form swim

975
ch'eng
1
to punt,
El 1
,
156 t'ang ,
wade
pole, push off

966 976
4
pi , quiet, secluded 30 k'en 3 , gnaw

967 977
2
4
lin to approach,
,
174 ching , quiet, still 131
neighbouring

978

88 sha 1 ,
kill 30 hao a howl, wail
,

979
3
12
ch'iian , all, com- y ii2 sim P le '
foolish

plete

980
970
min 2 , people, sub-
3 84
60 pi ,
that jects
284 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

981 991
3
2 pang ,
list of
138 liang , good 75 names ;
with
yang, example

170

1G7
m fu 4 near ,

clien*,market-town
85

149
yung

998
hsu3 ,
to permit,
perhaps, might
3
, everlasting

it
984
8
lung drag, lie 2
,
149 yen ,
words
alongside

985

sou 1 search , 196 niao 3 bird ,

996
1
ts'ang ,
hold of 2
a fish
137 195 X|_B_p yii ,

ship
IV
987 997
1 2
154 tsang , booty ya ,
teeth

dh4 the world,


,
a
mi 3 uncooked rice
tit generation
119 ,

899
4 chin 1 catty,
154 fu 69
,

i
4
, ungrateful for
Jf 1000
Chinese pound

,kindness,public,
2
123 public spirit, 209 pi ,
nose
loyalty, high-
mindedness
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 285

INDEX OF CHARACTERS
ARRANGED UNDER THEIR RADICALS.
286 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

P 941 864 33.


525 937
^ 338
fo,785 752
$ 636
PE 686 876
P 920 34.
pj? 710
84 31.
35.
& 749 I
54
r 726 J
140 X 279

#481 I
82
l 385 1
296
36. ^r
*0 286 219
555 637
|

I
588 * 111
67
If 402 j
932
( same as 621
ft 753 906
flr 925
1

727 & 428

447
I
m 924

^ 944
W 190
32.
37. ^ 38
Rti 942
5C83
15
M 41 :

! 883 j 300
472
728
ft 248 r

-$ 496
p* 976 [
35

& 685 f
964
38.
^ 822 I
792
same as 652
Bg same as 292 | in 4 60
500 415 346
f 550 [

273 50
$936 I

457 t 239
B 354 | 948 784

ft! 973 I 818 ^ 860

^ same as 98 i 587 He 404


fi 403
f. 355
i^ 503
774 46 639
same as 928 fit 125
BR 717 \ |

IS 711 | 434 J& 640


I 348 Kg 830
^978
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 289

60. ft 888 tt 147

ft 781 ffl847 ^ 898


ft 459
tfi846 ^ 628
$ 970 ^ 172 ft2 96

& 45 S 178 ft?597

& 90 ^ 802 ft 935


|g 823 *& 571
*f 71
t 376 ^ 152 tt 743
^ 960 ^ 805
* 454 ti 579
If 76 ^424
61. 285 m 560

& 733 w 695

ft 197 ^ 484

}g 890 #J 724
KJP 599
& 136 62.

tfe
124 399 ^ 238

498 491 255


:Jj^
$ ;

4* 233
& 440 ,
7
,
200 ft 798
t& 148 ,
302 $939
201
B 179 720 f
972
;
800 m 706 ffll

ft 435 #244
M 497 % 985

jg 180 63. 905 m 930

te 887 235
^ 716

J& 129 288


$ 374
& 465
797
}
#& 866
252 fi
861
|

& 951 ^ 523

& 979 64. 3.,. 368


H 221

fg|
801 ff 135 ^ 314

Iff 101 yb 913 Jg C74


fj 889 ft 625 ^ 127

fjg
630 JP 740 ^ 580
4T 570
290 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 291
292 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

94. ^
36| 204
ft 927
^ 885

95.

96. 3E
886
lie 536

JK 524
$; 837
^ 154
3 501
& 412

97. JfJi.

98. %
it 262

99. -ft

* 12

100.
463

101.

102.

b 857
5 903
p 426
ft
901
J 284
I 843
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

116. 120. 124. ft


721
% 610 i
fil 357 125. ^ 176
208
Q 120
130 ^ 825
146
^ 382
681 126. 900
W 914
605
fljj

$5 509 lit 761


595
& 705
815
127. fc
117. IS897
IK 192
&470 & 908
128. 5 615
ft 692 Ifil
813
]t 747 K 264 ^ 308

If 958
^ 441
^86
118. # $1488 H 617
473 H 954
$ 66
ft 210
129.

# 777 ft 793
130. 330
^E 423 fi 416
^J,

^ 665 E 821
^ 33 m 494
ft, W 833
121. -g- 613
278 867
Si 863
ff 103 1^1544
fi 568 HE 91
ffi 755 122. [<

ff 955
^ 910 JJS776
P 444 P 450
OO / g| 668
119. ^ 998 JI&

ft 149
fift 808

*fc783
IE 604 482
123. 480
293
II it 170 563
H 335 ^828 663
ffl 750 H 990 680 u 2
294 THE CHINESE LANGUAGE
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 295

m 43 713 161.

ft 372 651
581 962 162.
609 p. 139, no. 53 395
It 718 987 644
838 891
| 699 155. 254
| 364 321
156. ^ 49 771
150. & 158 940
554 703
151. ;& 902 ^ 649
II 975 181
^ 622
312
157. 736 704
152. a? 596 575
jgfc

gft 449
gfe 849 & 143
479 719
153. % {^
167 it 32
Kg
m 827
g& 789 858
669 623
154. j$

989
% 684 725

^ 601
K 6 83 700
138
^ 947
158. S] 505 521
^ 760
It 251
163.
963 IS 507 j

foJc

g 369
159. ^ 128 IP 638

^ 931 IS 366
^ 36
^ p. 14ft. no.
6 ^ 573 SB 72

m 773 ^583 n 141

|g 561
164.
$1 63 4
831 160. gfi 778
jj|

W 37 8 223 m 358
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

620 170. J|L 178. ^


91 848 ppf same as 190
502 982 179. M|
741
165. j
552 180. ^f 442
209 ^ 919
166. M 276 530
527 181.
1| 569 ](
878
f 591
352
H 478
-& 249 jig 393
744 S324
ijj@ 871
171. ^ fl| 533
167. ^ 631 172. /
ffi 27

fl-812 p. 151, 10
tr 287
jf

M 64 6 M 266
f$420 m 185 m 559
& 917 642 ^694
& 311
$| same as 327
H 816
M 373
m 275
25 182. JS 388
& 474
II 107 I! 389
It 593 173. 159 91 841
jf
It 918
<t 64
m 232
^ 839
183.
1*983
m. 349
m 586
184. 294
g
ft 884
174.

1& 967 ^| 466

168.
^882
162
| 175. H 723

169.
^ 292
105
| 176. 1 274
8 106
-

m 303 177. 185.

RB 406 IT 8u
M 104 ft 643 186. 676
THE CHINESE LANGUAGE 297
A 000 020 654 o

You might also like